UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

ý	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016	
or	
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from                                    to                                   	
Commission File Number: 1-4365
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	 	58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309
 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)	
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
 (404) 659-2424	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:	

 	
 	 	 	
Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, $1 par value	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE	
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ý	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý
As of July 31, 2015, which is the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $1,352,175,805. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant's voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to July 31, 2015) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title of Each Class	 	Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 15, 2016	
Common Stock, $1 par value	 	16,601,249	
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of our proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc. to be held on June 15, 2016 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

 	 	Page	
PART I	
Item 1.	Business	4	
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	20	
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	31	
Item 2.	Properties	31	
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	32	
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	32	
PART II	
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	33	
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	35	
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	35	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	61	
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	64	
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	97	
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	97	
Item 9B.	Other Information	99	
PART III	
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	99	
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	99	
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	100	
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	100	
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	100	
PART IV	
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	100	
Signatures	 	103	

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Such statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions including, without limitation, the impact of economic conditions on consumer demand and spending, particularly in light of general economic uncertainty that continues to prevail, demand for our products, competitive conditions, timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, retention of and disciplined execution by key management, the timing and cost of store openings and of planned capital expenditures, weather, costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products, costs of labor, acquisition and disposition activities, expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions, access to capital and/or credit markets and the impact of foreign operations on our consolidated effective tax rate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
DEFINITIONS
As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; and "Discontinued operations" means the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in July 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses or other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group.
Additionally, the terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:

Fiscal 2017	53 weeks ending February 3, 2018	
Fiscal 2016	52 weeks ending January 28, 2017	
Fiscal 2015	52 weeks ended January 30, 2016	
Fiscal 2014	52 weeks ended January 31, 2015	
Fiscal 2013	52 weeks ended February 1, 2014	
Fiscal 2012	53 weeks ended February 2, 2013	
Fiscal 2011	52 weeks ended January 28, 2012	
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2015	13 weeks ended January 30, 2016	
Third quarter Fiscal 2015	13 weeks ended October 31, 2015	
Second quarter Fiscal 2015	13 weeks ended August 1, 2015	
First quarter Fiscal 2015	13 weeks ended May 2, 2015	
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended January 31, 2015	
Third quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended November 1, 2014	
Second quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended August 2, 2014	
First quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended May 3, 2014	

3

PART I

Item 1.    Business
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
Overview
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our owned Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. During Fiscal 2015, 91% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and 66% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels of distribution. In Fiscal 2015, more than 95% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the sales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region.
Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude.  Furthermore, we believe that lifestyle brands like Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, that create an emotional connection with consumers, can command greater loyalty, higher price points at retail and create licensing opportunities, which may result in higher earnings. We believe that the attraction of a lifestyle brand to consumers is dependent on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing the product to the consumer where and when they want it. 
Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.  Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.
In order to further strengthen each lifestyle brand's connections with consumers, we communicate regularly with consumers via the use of electronic and print media.  We believe that our ability to effectively communicate with consumers and create an emotional connection is critical to the success of the brands.
We distribute our owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel. Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them the full line of our current season products and provide an opportunity for consumers to be immersed in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. Our 123 Tommy Bahama and 34 Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term growth for the brands. In Tommy Bahama, we also operate 16 restaurants, generally adjacent to Tommy Bahama full-price retail store locations, which we believe further enhance the brand's image with consumers.
Additionally, our e-commerce websites, which represented 17% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2015, provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products. Our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash clearance sales on our websites, as well as our 41 Tommy Bahama outlet stores, play an important role in overall brand and inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products in brand appropriate settings and at better prices than are typically available from third parties.
The wholesale operations of our lifestyle brands complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. As we seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites, we generally target select wholesale customers that follow this same approach in their stores. Our wholesale customers for our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands include better department stores and specialty stores.
Within our Lanier Apparel operating group, we sell tailored clothing and sportswear products under licensed brands, private label products and owned brands to department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States.
All of our operating groups operate in highly competitive apparel markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct

4

competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service.

The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than these conditions may have on other industries.  We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that have prevailed in recent years continue to impact our business, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, the apparel retail environment remains increasingly more promotional.

Additionally, the apparel retail market is evolving as a result of shifting shopping patterns and technological advances, with e-commerce playing an increasingly important role and bricks and mortar retail stores playing a different role in consumers' journey to their ultimate purchase. The industry is also being impacted by the coming of age of the millenial generation whose values and approach to the marketplace are so different from past generations. We believe that our lifestyle brands are ideally suited to succeed and thrive in the long-term while managing the various challenges facing our industry.
Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.
Investments and Opportunities

We believe that our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of bricks and mortar retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and attempt to increase comparable retail store sales, and higher sales in our e-commerce operations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable bricks and mortar retail store sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We also believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Apparel in the future through new product programs for existing and new customers.

We believe that we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store and restaurant build-out and remodels, e-commerce initiatives, technology enhancements and distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives. Additionally, we anticipate increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to support the ongoing business operations and fuel future sales growth.

We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity. We believe that positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with sufficient resources to fund future investments in our owned lifestyle brands. While we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.

We believe that an attractive acquisition target would most likely be a lifestyle brand that has a strong emotional connection with its consumer and has a disciplined full-price distribution model consisting of wholesale customers who generally operate a full-price retail model and/or a direct to consumer distribution model via e-commerce or retail stores. Further, while both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer are primarily apparel brands, we could also be interested in a company with a more significant footprint in accessories, footwear or other product categories. The acquisition of a premier lifestyle brand is a meticulous process as such a brand is not available very often, and we most likely would have stiff competition from both strategic and private equity firms.
Operating Groups
Our business primarily operates through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel operating groups, each of which is described below. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.

5

In Fiscal 2015, as a result of certain organizational and management reporting changes, our Oxford Golf operations, which were previously included in Corporate and Other, are considered part of and included in our Lanier Apparel operating group. For all periods presented, amounts for Lanier Apparel include the Oxford Golf operations, while amounts for Corporate and Other exclude those operations. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups.

The table below presents net sales and operating information about our operating groups (in thousands).

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Net Sales	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	658,467	
 	$	627,498	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	204,626	
 	167,736	
 	
Lanier Apparel	105,106	
 	126,430	
 	
Corporate and Other	1,091	
 	(1,339	)	
Total	$	969,290	
 	$	920,325	
 	
Operating Income (Loss)	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	65,993	
 	$	71,132	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	42,525	
 	32,190	
 	
Lanier Apparel	7,700	
 	10,043	
 	
Corporate and Other (1)	(18,704	)	(20,546	)	
Total operating income	$	97,514	
 	$	92,819	

(1)	The Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 operating loss for Corporate and Other included $0.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively, of LIFO accounting charges.	
The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
Assets	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	458,234	
 	$	420,083	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	115,419	
 	104,352	
 	
Lanier Apparel	35,451	
 	41,455	
 	
Corporate and Other	(26,414	)	(23,353	)	
Assets related to discontinued operations	—	
 	79,870	
 	
Total	$	582,690	
 	$	622,407	
 	
Total assets for Corporate and Other include LIFO reserves of $59.4 million and $58.6 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively. For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information by geographic areas, see Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.
Tommy Bahama
Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our Tommy Bahama stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During Fiscal 2015, 95% of Tommy Bahama's sales were to customers within the United States, with the remaining sales being in Canada, Australia and Asia.
We believe that the attraction of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts over many years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel, accessories and licensed products, limiting

6

the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the relaxed and casual Tommy Bahama lifestyle to consumers. We expect to continue to follow this approach for the brand in the future. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2015, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $1.2 billion.
We believe there is ample opportunity to expand the reach of the Tommy Bahama brand, while at the same time maintaining the select distribution that Tommy Bahama has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand both domestically and internationally. These investments include amounts associated with capital expenditures and pre-opening expenses of new stores and restaurants; the remodeling of existing stores and restaurants; capital expenditures and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; and capital expenditures related to distribution and other facilities.
We believe there are abundant opportunities for continued growth in the United States through direct to consumer expansion as well as developing a more significant women's business in the long-term. During Fiscal 2015, Tommy Bahama's women's business represented 29% of Tommy Bahama's full-price direct to consumer sales but a much lower percentage of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales. In recent years we began expansion of the Tommy Bahama brand into international markets. These efforts have included the acquisition of the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business from our former licensees in Australia in Fiscal 2012 and Canada in Fiscal 2013. The operations of these licensees in each of these countries had developed a certain level of brand awareness, but we determined that after considering the potential direct to consumer and wholesale growth opportunities in those countries, it was appropriate for us to re-acquire the rights to the operations.
We also commenced operations in Asia by opening retail store locations in Asia beginning in Fiscal 2012. The operations in Asia thus far have generated operating losses as we developed a significant Hong Kong-based team and infrastructure to support a larger Asia retail operation. The roll-out of retail stores in Asia has been at a modest pace as we have attempted to focus on improving store operations in Asia prior to engaging in a significant roll-out of additional stores. As a lifestyle brand which desires to remain primarily a full-price brand, we continue to believe it is appropriate that in certain key markets we initially set the tone for the brand rather than engaging a partner. However, in the future, we may engage a local partner to accelerate growth in markets that we have not yet entered, as well as in markets that we are currently operating.
Our near term focus in the Asia-Pacific region remains on our direct to consumer operations in Australia and Japan while at the same time further reducing our infrastructure costs in Hong Kong to better align with our current Asia retail operations. During Fiscal 2015, at the expiration of the respective leases, we closed our retail store in Macau and outlet store in Hong Kong, and we also plan on closing our store in Singapore in Fiscal 2016. These closures will result in our Asia-Pacific retail operations primarily consisting of stores in Australia and Japan. By focusing on Australia and Japan and increasing the store count in those locations, as appropriate, we believe we can do a better job of increasing brand awareness and sales by focusing our marketing spend in a location where the consumer has a variety of options for purchasing Tommy Bahama product, including our own retail stores, our wholesale customers' stores and, in the case of Japan, an in-country Tommy Bahama website. While we believe there are significant long-term opportunities for our Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region, we believe that the operating losses associated with these operations will continue to put downward pressure on our operating margin in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
We operate a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. During Fiscal 2015, we utilized more than 250 suppliers to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products. In Fiscal 2015, 77% of Tommy Bahama's product purchases were from manufacturers in China. The largest 10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided 48% of the products acquired during Fiscal 2015, with no individual supplier providing greater than 10%.
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Tommy Bahama brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. While the advertising for Tommy Bahama promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that Tommy Bahama's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Tommy Bahama brand includes email, Internet and social media advertising and traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. As a lifestyle brand, we believe that it is very important that Tommy Bahama

7

communicate regularly with consumers via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen Tommy Bahama's connections with its consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our products including promotional gift cards and "flip-side" events intended to drive traffic to our stores and websites. We believe our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington, which serves our North American direct to consumer and wholesale operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers. We use local third party distribution centers for our Asia-Pacific operations.
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce websites, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer channels, which consist of retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, in the aggregate, represented 76% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2015. We expect the percentage of our Tommy Bahama sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase slightly in future years as we anticipate that the direct to consumer distribution channel will grow at a faster pace than the wholesale distribution channel. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant net sales accounted for 50%, 15% and 11%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2015.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek shopping areas and malls with high-profile or upscale consumer brands for our full-price retail stores. As of January 30, 2016, approximately 40% of our full-price Tommy Bahama retail locations were in regional malls, with the remainder primarily being stores in street-front locations or lifestyle centers. Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique. We believe that the Tommy Bahama retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.
Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which generated 10% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in Fiscal 2015, are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. We believe that this approach helps us protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity and controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product. To supplement the clearance items sold in Tommy Bahama outlets, approximately 20% of the product sold in our Tommy Bahama outlets was made specifically for our outlets. At this time and based on our anticipated proportion of clearance versus made-for items in our outlet stores, we anticipate that we would generally operate one outlet for approximately every three full-price stores.
For Tommy Bahama's domestic full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations operating for the full Fiscal 2015 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $655 during Fiscal 2015, compared to $680 for stores operating for the full Fiscal 2014 year. The decrease in sales per square foot was primarily due to Fiscal 2014 store openings having a lower sales per square foot than the overall average and unfavorable domestic comparable store sales for stores opened prior to Fiscal 2014. For international full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations located in Canada, Australia and Asia operating for the full Fiscal 2015 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding

8

restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $410 during Fiscal 2015. In Fiscal 2015, our domestic outlet stores and international outlet stores generated approximately $380 and $255 of sales per square foot, respectively, for outlets open for the entire 2015 fiscal year.
As of January 30, 2016 we operated 16 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location, which together we often refer to as islands. These restaurant-retail locations provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that many of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant; however, in select high-profile, brand appropriate locations, such as Naples and Jupiter, Florida, Waikiki, Hawaii, and New York City, we have determined that an adjacent restaurant can further enhance the image of the brand. The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores which are adjacent to a restaurant are on average two times the sales per square foot of our domestic full-price retail stores not adjacent to a restaurant. We believe that the experience of a meal or drink in a Tommy Bahama restaurant may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer.
As of January 30, 2016, the total square feet of space utilized for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.6 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet utilized in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below provides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores operated by us as of January 30, 2016.

 	Full-Price
Retail Stores	Outlet Stores	Restaurant-Retail
Locations	Total	
Florida	19	
 	4	
 	5	
 	28	
 	
California	16	
 	5	
 	3	
 	24	
 	
Texas	6	
 	4	
 	1	
 	11	
 	
Hawaii	4	
 	1	
 	3	
 	8	
 	
Nevada	4	
 	1	
 	1	
 	6	
 	
Maryland	3	
 	2	
 	—	
 	5	
 	
New York	2	
 	2	
 	1	
 	5	
 	
Other states	37	
 	16	
 	1	
 	54	
 	
Total domestic	91	
 	35	
 	15	
 	141	
 	
Canada	6	
 	3	
 	—	
 	9	
 	
Total North America	97	
 	38	
 	15	
 	150	
 	
Australia	7	
 	2	
 	—	
 	9	
 	
Japan	1	
 	1	
 	1	
 	3	
 	
Other international	2	
 	—	
 	—	
 	2	
 	
Total	107	
 	41	
 	16	
 	164	
 	
Average square feet per store (1)	3,400	
 	4,500	
 	4,300	

Total square feet at year end	365,000	
 	185,000	
 	70,000	

 	 	
(1)	Average square feet for restaurant-retail locations consists of average retail space and excludes space used in the associated restaurant operations.	
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama stores during Fiscal 2015.

 	Full-Price
Retail Stores	Outlet Stores	Restaurant-Retail
Locations	Total	
Open as of beginning of fiscal year	101	
 	41	
 	15	
 	157	
 	
Opened during fiscal year	9	
 	1	
 	1	
 	11	
 	
Closed during fiscal year	(3	)	(1	)	—	
 	(4	)	
Open as of end of fiscal year	107	
 	41	
 	16	
 	164	
 	
In future years, we currently expect to open approximately seven to 10 retail locations per year, however, recently we have opened more than this stated pace. The operation of full-price retail stores, outlet stores and restaurant-retail locations requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We

9

estimate that we will spend approximately $1.0 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, may require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the store. The cost of a restaurant-retail location is significantly more than the cost of a retail store and can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our restaurant-retail locations has been approximately $5 million; however, we have spent significantly more than that amount for certain locations, including New York City and Waikiki. For most of our stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store. Additionally, we incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. When a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease. As we reach the expirations of more of our lease agreements in the near future, we anticipate that the capital expenditures for relocations and remodels, in the aggregate, may increase in future periods.
In addition to our full-price retail stores and outlet stores, our direct to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website and the tommybahama.jp website, which launched in February 2015. During Fiscal 2015, e-commerce sales represented 15% of Tommy Bahama's net sales. Our Tommy Bahama websites allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the Internet. These websites also enable us to increase our database of consumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our domestic retail store operations or wholesale operations. Also, we expect to continue to have a select number of e-commerce flash clearance sales, which represented 9% of Tommy Bahama e-commerce sales in Fiscal 2015, using our outlettommybahama.com website as a means of complementing our outlets in liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, in a brand appropriate manner.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at specialty stores or department stores, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Tommy Bahama. Tommy Bahama's wholesale customers consist of sales to better department stores and specialty stores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with limited discounting. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold.
As a result of this approach to limiting our wholesale customers, we believe that sales growth in our men's apparel wholesale business, which represented approximately 86% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2015, may be somewhat limited domestically. However, we believe that we have significant opportunities for wholesale sales increases for our Tommy Bahama women's business, which represented approximately 14% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2015. Overall, we expect that the Tommy Bahama wholesale business will grow at a slower rate than the direct to consumer distribution channel.
Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 24% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2015. Approximately two-thirds of of Tommy Bahama's wholesale business reflects sales to major department stores with the remaining wholesale sales primarily being sales to specialty stores. Tommy Bahama products are available in more than 2,000 retail locations. During Fiscal 2015, 15% of Tommy Bahama's net sales were to Tommy Bahama's five largest wholesale customers, with its largest customer representing 6% of Tommy Bahama's net sales.
We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in New York and Seattle, as well as other locations, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations utilize a sales force predominantly consisting of independent commissioned sales representatives.
Licensing Operations
We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brand. For an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.

10

Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as additional royalty payments and, in some cases, advertising payments and/or obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis calculated as specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution. Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:

Men's and women's headwear	Ceiling fans	Indoor furniture	
Men's socks	Rugs	Outdoor furniture and related products	
Mattresses	Fabrics	Bedding and bath linens	
Sleepwear	Belts, leather goods and gifts	Table top accessories	
Shampoo, soap and bath amenities	Luggage	Suncare products	
 	Fragrances	 	
In addition to our licenses for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international distributor agreements which allow those parties to distribute Tommy Bahama apparel and other products on a wholesale and/or retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of January 30, 2016, we have one such agreement for the Middle East. Substantially all of the products sold by the distributor are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the distributor operates its own retail stores.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Tommy Bahama's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Tommy Bahama by quarter for Fiscal 2015:

 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	26	%	25	%	19	 %	30	%	
Operating income (loss)	31	%	31	%	(10	)%	48	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. For example, in Fiscal 2015, Tommy Bahama's operating results in the third quarter were negatively impacted by increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington as well as substantial pre-opening rent and set-up costs associated with the Waikiki restaurant-retail location which opened in late October 2015.
The timing of Tommy Bahama's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at our own stores and e-commerce site, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2015, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales within any particular quarter in future periods:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Full
Year	
Full-price retail stores and outlets	47	%	55	%	48	%	51	%	50	%	
E-commerce	12	%	17	%	11	%	19	%	15	%	
Restaurant	12	%	10	%	11	%	9	%	11	%	
Wholesale	29	%	18	%	30	%	21	%	24	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	
Lilly Pulitzer

11

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources, markets and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950's by Lilly Pulitzer and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. During Fiscal 2015, 45% and 37% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were for women's sportswear and dresses, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves, bags, jewelry and belts; children's apparel; footwear; and licensed products.
We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, while at the same time maintaining the exclusive distribution that Lilly Pulitzer has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These investments include amounts associated with opening and operating new stores, costs to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities and an increase in employment, advertising and other costs to support a growing business. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Lilly Pulitzer's operating margin.
We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel, accessories and licensed products, restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the message of Lilly's optimistic Palm Beach resort chic lifestyle. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and communication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during Fiscal 2015, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, but excluding sales associated with the one-time Target collaboration in April 2015, exceeded $275 million.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Lilly Pulitzer's products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania as well as Palm Beach, Florida. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
Lilly Pulitzer uses a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 50 suppliers, with the largest individual supplier providing 13%, and the largest 10 suppliers providing 62%, of the Lilly Pulitzer products acquired during Fiscal 2015. In Fiscal 2015, 61% of Lilly Pulitzer's product purchases were from manufacturers located in China.
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. We intend that Lilly Pulitzer's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes email, Internet and social media advertising as well as traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with customers and moving media and trade show initiatives. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis via the use of electronic media and print correspondence about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brand's connections with consumers.
In addition to our ongoing Lilly Pulitzer marketing initiatives, we were also extremely pleased with a specific one-time marketing program in Fiscal 2015. This initiative was a single delivery design collaboration with the Target Corporation where Lilly Pulitzer provided certain designs and prints to Target, and Target used those prints on a collection of 250 pieces spanning apparel, accessories and shoes for women and girls, as well as home accents, outdoor entertaining accessories, beach gear and travel essentials. This single delivery program launched in April 2015 in all domestic Target locations and on the Target website. Target highlighted the collaboration in its marketing materials in connection with the launch. We did not recognize any product sales related to this program; however, this marketing program provided a significant amount of national exposure and media impressions for the Lilly Pulitzer brand. We believe that this marketing exposure introduced the Lilly Pulitzer brand to new consumers both on the East Coast where the brand has a very strong brand recognition and also west of the Mississippi River, where Lilly Pulitzer generated less than 20% of its Fiscal 2015 e-commerce sales.
We believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that

12

our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. At certain times during the year, an integral part of the marketing plan for Lilly Pulitzer includes certain gift with purchase programs where the consumer earns the right to a Lilly Pulitzer gift product if certain spending thresholds are achieved by the consumer. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications enhance brand awareness and increase the sales of Lilly Pulitzer products in all channels of distribution.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for its operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. The distribution channels included in Lilly Pulitzer's direct to consumer strategy consist of full-price retail store and e-commerce operations and represented 68% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2015, compared to 62% in Fiscal 2014. We expect the percentage of our Lilly Pulitzer sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase in future years as we anticipate that the full-price retail and e-commerce components of the Lilly Pulitzer business will continue to grow at a faster rate than the wholesale distribution channel.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. Sales at our retail stores represented 38% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales during Fiscal 2015. As of January 30, 2016, approximately one-half of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls, approximately one-third of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and the remaining locations were primarily street locations. Each retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image, brand awareness and acceptance. Our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores allow us to present Lilly Pulitzer's full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. Also, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited promotional activities complement our business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.
Lilly Pulitzer's retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2015 were approximately $835 for the retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2015 year compared to approximately $730 for the Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full Fiscal 2014 year. The increase in sales per gross square foot from the prior year was primarily due to higher comparable store sales. The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer retail stores as of January 30, 2016.

 	Number of
Full-Price
Retail Stores	
Florida	12	
 	
New York	3	
 	
Other	19	
 	
Total	34	
 	
Average square feet per store	2,700	
 	
Total square feet at year-end	91,000	

13

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2015.

 	Full-Price
Retail Stores	
Open as of beginning of fiscal year	28	
 	
Opened during fiscal year	6	
 	
Open as of end of fiscal year	34	
 	
In Fiscal 2016, we expect to open six retail stores, and after Fiscal 2016, we expect to maintain a similar pace in the near future. The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be 2,500 square feet on average; however, many stores will be larger or smaller than 2,500 square feet with the determination of size of the store depending on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $0.8 million on average. For most of our retail stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if a lease expires, or otherwise, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store. Alternatively, when a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease. In the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016, we closed our East Hampton, New York store at the expiration of the lease agreement.
In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented 30% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2015 compared to 28% in Fiscal 2014. The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significant growth in recent years and we anticipate that the rate of growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future.
We also utilize the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, which is an ongoing part of any apparel business, in a brand appropriate manner. Usually, we have two e-commerce flash clearance sales per year, both of which are in typical industry end of season promotional periods. These sales are brand appropriate events that create a significant amount of excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a discounted price. Each of these two e-commerce flash clearance sales are for a very limited number of days, allowing the Lilly Pulitzer website to essentially remain full-price for the remainder of the year. During Fiscal 2015, approximately 30% of Lilly Pulitzer's e-commerce sales were e-commerce flash clearance sales.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at a specialty store or department store, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer. These wholesale operations are with better department stores and specialty stores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with limited discounting. During Fiscal 2015, approximately 32% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were sales to wholesale customers. During Fiscal 2015 almost one-half of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to Lilly Pulitzer's Signature Stores, as described below, while approximately one-third of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to department stores. Lilly Pulitzer's net sales to its five largest wholesale customers represented 13% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2015 with its largest customer representing 5% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales.
An important part of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the store specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. These agreements are generally for a two-year period. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of January 30, 2016, there were 71 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.
Although we do not expect that the Lilly Pulitzer wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, we value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. Lilly Pulitzer products are available in more than 600 retail locations.

14

We maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in Palm Beach, Florida; King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees.
Licensing Operations
We license the Lilly Pulitzer trademark to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer's core product categories. In the long-term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand, particularly once our direct to consumer presence has expanded. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer brand products.
Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories: bedding and home fashions; home furnishing fabrics; stationery and gift products; and eyewear.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lilly Pulitzer's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for Fiscal 2015:

 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	29	%	32	%	21	%	18	%	
Operating income	42	%	46	%	12	%	—	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales for Fiscal 2015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Lilly Pulitzer's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Lilly Pulitzer products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and resort seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. Further, in the third quarter of our fiscal year, which has not historically been a strong direct to consumer or wholesale quarter for Lilly Pulitzer, Lilly Pulitzer has held a significant e-commerce flash clearance sale which results in e-commerce sales representing a larger percentage of total sales than in other fiscal quarters. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2015, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales by distribution channel in future periods:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Full
Year	
Full-price retail stores	33	%	45	%	32	%	38	%	38	%	
E-commerce	20	%	27	%	43	%	35	%	30	%	
Wholesale	47	%	28	%	25	%	27	%	32	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	
Lanier Apparel
During Fiscal 2015, our former Lanier Clothes operating group and Oxford Golf business, which was previously included in Corporate and Other, were combined into our Lanier Apparel group. We believe that this combination of the two businesses provides additional opportunities for growth for each of the businesses in the future. The Lanier Clothes business, an efficient operator that excels in sourcing, production, logistics, distribution and tailored clothing design, lacked an appropriate level of

15

sportswear design expertise. At the same time the Oxford Golf business provides wonderful sportswear and golf designs for the Oxford Golf brand and private label customers, but lacked sufficient sales volume and relationships with large retailers. We believe the combination of the tailored clothing and Oxford Golf businesses provides excellent opportunities for the businesses to leverage their combined skills, which should allow for greater opportunities for sales growth and cost savings efficiencies in the future.
Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men's apparel, including tailored clothing, casual pants and sportswear, across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Apparel products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands include Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Geoffrey Beene® and Nick Graham®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London® and Oxford Golf® brands. Sales of branded products represented approximately 68% of Lanier Apparel's net sales during Fiscal 2015.
In addition to these branded businesses, Lanier Apparel designs and sources private label apparel products for certain customers, including a large private label pants program for a warehouse club. For our large retail customers, the private label programs offer the customer product exclusivity at generally higher gross margins than they would achieve on branded products, while allowing us the opportunity to leverage our design, sourcing, production, logistics and distribution infrastructure. For other customers, we may perform any combination of design, sourcing, production, logistics or distribution services for a brand owner who will then distribute the product acquired from us to their wholesale customers. In these cases, the brand owner may have determined it is more efficient to outsource the functions to Lanier Apparel, may be a small company that lacks such expertise given the brand's size or may want to focus their energies on the design aspect of their brand.
Our Lanier Apparel products are sold to department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States. Lanier Apparel's products are sold in more than 5,000 retail locations. In Lanier Apparel, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States' largest retailers. During Fiscal 2015, Lanier' Apparel's three largest customers represented 18%, 16% and 13% of Lanier Apparel's net sales, while sales to Lanier Apparel's 10 largest customers represented 78% of Lanier Apparel's net sales. The amount and percentage of net sales attributable to an individual customer in future years may be different than Fiscal 2015 amounts as sales are not tied to long-term contracts.
As much of Lanier Apparel's private label sales are program based, where for each program or season Lanier Apparel must bid for a program, an individual customer could increase, decrease or discontinue its purchases from us at any time. Thus, significant fluctuations in Lanier Apparel's operating results from one year to the next may result, particularly if a program is not renewed, the customer decides to use another vendor, we determine that the return on the program is not acceptable to us, a new program is initiated, there is a significant increase in the volume of the program or otherwise. Additionally, in accordance with normal industry practice, as part of maintaining an ongoing relationship with certain customers, Lanier Apparel may be required to provide cooperative advertising or other incentives to the customer.
The moderate price point tailored clothing and sportswear markets are extremely competitive sectors with significant competition at retail and gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures as well as product cost increases. We believe that our Lanier Apparel business has historically excelled at bringing quality products to our customers at competitive prices and managing inventory risk appropriately while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.
Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing and sportswear markets in which Lanier Apparel operates. Our Lanier Apparel design teams, which are located in New York City and Atlanta, focus on the target consumer for each brand and product. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research and input from manufacturers. Our various Lanier Apparel products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials.
Lanier Apparel manages production in Asia and Latin America through a combination of efforts from our Lanier Apparel offices in Atlanta and Hong Kong as well as with third party buying agents. Lanier Apparel's sourcing operations are also supplemented, as appropriate, by third party contractors who may provide certain sourcing functions or in-country quality assurance to further enhance Lanier Apparel's global sourcing operations. During Fiscal 2015, 74% of Lanier Apparel's product purchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam. Lanier Apparel purchased goods from approximately 150 suppliers in Fiscal 2015. The 10 largest suppliers of Lanier Apparel provided 85% of the finished goods and raw materials Lanier Apparel acquired from third parties during Fiscal 2015, with 26% of our product purchases being from our largest third party supplier. In addition to purchasing products from third parties in Vietnam, India and other countries, Lanier Apparel operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 13% of our Lanier Apparel products during Fiscal 2015.

16

The advertising efforts of Lanier Apparel are much more product specific than advertising for our owned lifestyle brands. For Lanier Apparel's branded products, advertising primarily consists of cooperative advertising with our larger customers, contributions to the licensor based on a specified percentage of our net sales to fund the licensor's general brand advertising initiatives and attending brand appropriate trade shows. As a provider of private label apparel, we are generally not responsible for advertising for private label brands.
For Lanier Apparel, we utilize a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia and certain third party distribution centers for our product shipments, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet customer demand for at-once ordering. For certain standard product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of excess prior-season inventory is an ongoing part of our business and Lanier Apparel utilizes various off-price retailers to sell such products.
We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Apparel products in several locations, including New York City and Atlanta and employ a sales force consisting of a combination of salaried employees and independent sales reps. Lanier Apparel operates the billylondonuk.com, menstailoreddirect.com and oxfordgolf.com websites, where certain Lanier Apparel products may be purchased on-line directly by consumers. In addition, Lanier Apparel also ships certain products directly to consumers who purchase products from the websites of certain of its wholesale customers.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lanier Apparel's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a wholesale apparel business, in which product shipments generally occur prior to the retail selling seasons, the seasonality of Lanier Apparel generally reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries which typically occur in our first and third quarters; however, in some fiscal years this will not be the case due to much of Lanier Apparel's operations being program-driven businesses. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lanier Apparel by quarter for Fiscal 2015:

 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	27	%	20	%	28	%	25	%	
Operating income	24	%	14	%	39	%	23	%	
The timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the introduction of new programs, the loss of programs or customers or other factors affecting the business may vary significantly from one year to the next. Therefore, we do not believe that net sales or operating income of Lanier Apparel for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, which performs warehouse and distribution services for third parties, as well as our Lanier Apparel business. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.
Discontinued Operations
Discontinued operations include the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in July 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Refer to Note 12 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about discontinued operations.
TRADEMARKS
As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business. Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We

17

continue to evaluate our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
PRODUCT SOURCING
We intend to maintain flexible, diversified, cost-effective sourcing operations that provide high-quality apparel products. Our operating groups, either internally or through the use of third party buying agents, source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, with a significant concentration in Asia, or from our licensees for licensed products sold in our direct to consumer distribution channels. During Fiscal 2015, we sourced approximately 62% and 14% of our products from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively, with no other country greater than 10%. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers and have used many of our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria while also utilizing the expertise of the manufacturers. During Fiscal 2015, no individual third party manufacturer supplied more than 10% of our product purchases.
We purchase substantially all of our products from third party producers as package purchases of finished goods, which are manufactured with oversight by us or our buying agents and to our design and fabric specifications. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. We depend upon the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials specified by us, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity rather than us providing or financing the costs of these items. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our products as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third party producers. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, our Lanier Apparel operating group operates our only owned manufacturing facility, which is located in Merida, Mexico and produced 2% of our total company, or 13% of our total Lanier Apparel, products during Fiscal 2015.
As the design, manufacture and transportation of apparel products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our retail stores or our wholesale customers' stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customer. As our merchandising departments must estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to and purchased by us prior to the receipt of customer orders in some cases, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than we will ultimately desire.
As part of our commitment to source our products in a lawful and responsible manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors that we purchase goods from, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business or ethical standards, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. On an ongoing basis we assess vendors' compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through audits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. This assessment of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we will discontinue use of the vendor.
IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS
We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations as almost all of our merchandise is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During Fiscal 2015, we sourced approximately 62% of our products from producers located in China. Our imported products are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products.
Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product and represent a component of the cost of the goods we sell. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment and its fiber content and are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization's member nations have eliminated quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and other countries into which we import our products are still

18

allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to threats to their comparable domestic industries.
In addition, apparel and other products sold by us are subject to stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, certification of product safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to such regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations.
Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business in desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products.
Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES
We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are important components of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses, particularly in the ever changing consumer shopping environment. Our information systems are designed to provide effective retail store, e-commerce and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, customer relationship management, accounting and other functions. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is critical to our operations and financial condition.
SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For details of the impact of seasonality on each of our operating groups, see the business discussion of each operating group above. The following table presents our percentage of net sales and operating income by quarter for Fiscal 2015:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	
Net sales	27	%	26	%	20	 %	27	%	
Operating income (loss)	36	%	36	%	(1	)%	29	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, weather or other factors affecting the retail business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2015 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. As an example, the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2015 was unfavorably impacted by the increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington as well as pre-opening rent and set-up costs associated with the the Tommy Bahama Waikiki retail-restaurant location. Our third quarter has historically been our smallest net sales and operating income quarter and that result is expected to continue as we continue the expansion of our retail store operations in the future.
ORDER BACKLOG
As 66% of our sales are direct to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog, and the order backlog for wholesale sales may be impacted by a variety of factors, we do not believe that order backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog is not material for an understanding of our business taken as a whole. Further, as our sales continue to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the order backlog will continue to be less meaningful as a measure of our future sales and results of operations.
EMPLOYEES

19

As of January 30, 2016, we employed approximately 5,500 persons, of whom approximately 90% were employed in the United States. Approximately 70% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.
INFORMATION
Oxford Industries, Inc. is a Georgia corporation originally founded in 1942. Our corporate headquarters are located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our Internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.

In addition, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, excluding exhibits, are available without cost to our shareholders by writing to Investor Relations, Oxford Industries, Inc., 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors
The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. We operate in a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names and our ability to offer innovative and market appropriate products that respond to rapidly changing fashion trends; any failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands, to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable brands and products and/or to appropriately respond to competitive factors within our industry could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.

The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our wholesale customers or others who have an interest in the brands, including by failing to respond to emerging fashion trends or meet consumer quality expectations; by selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands; by becoming overly promotional; or by setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. We are becoming more reliant on social media as one of our marketing strategies and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively communicate our brand message through social media vehicles that interface with our consumers on a regular basis. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.

During Fiscal 2015, Tommy Bahama’s and Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales represented 68% and 21%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The limited diversification in our portfolio may heighten the risks we face if one of our brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by any actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry.

Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumer preferences and changes in consumer demographics. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could result in weakened financial performance and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our brands and products.

20

The highly competitive apparel industry, characterized by low entry barriers, includes numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom are also our customers and/or are significantly larger, are more diversified and have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Certain of our competitors offer apparel for sale at lower initial price points than our products and/or at significant discounts, particularly in response to weak economic conditions, which has resulted, and may continue to result, in significant pricing pressure within the apparel industry. This has been exacerbated by structural headwinds in the department store and specialty retail sectors, where the growth of fast fashion and value fashion retailers and expansion of off-price retailers has shifted consumer expectations to lower priced products from traditional, well-known brands. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.

We also license certain of our brands to third party licensees. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with third parties covering product design, product quality, sourcing, distribution, manufacturing and marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products, by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate and/or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.

In addition, the reputation of our brands could be harmed if our third party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet appropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance standards, including the terms of our applicable codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. We cannot assure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct or local laws relating to labor conditions by our manufacturers or vendors or other actions or failures by us or such parties may result in negative public perception of our brands or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which may adversely affect our business operations.

The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic conditions, and a deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or consumer purchases of discretionary products may adversely affect our business and financial condition, including as a result of adverse business conditions for third parties with whom we do business.

The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Demand for our products may be significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending, which may be influenced by employment levels, recessions, fuel and energy costs, interest rates, tax rates and changes in tax laws, personal debt levels, stock market volatility, general political conditions, including the impact domestically and internationally of shifts in political conditions that may result from a change in presidential and/or congressional regime, and other factors. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending are outside of our control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. Any deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or discretionary consumer spending could reduce our sales and/or adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Additionally, significant changes in the operations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, now or in the future, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties, could result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs or other disruptions in our business.

In response to technological advancements, retailers are shifting how they interact with their consumers and facilitate transactions, and our ability to execute our direct to consumer retail strategies in our branded businesses and/or the effect of the shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business, subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Certain of our brands distribute products through bricks and mortar retail stores and e-commerce websites and regularly communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. One of our key initiatives is to grow our branded businesses through retail strategies that allow our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to introduce new retail concepts and products, locate new retail locations with the proper consumer demographics, establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth, source appropriate levels of inventory, hire and train qualified personnel, anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences and maintain brand specific websites and other social media presence that offer the functionality and security customers expect.

21

In addition, in response to technological advancements, retail consumers have shifted their shopping behavior in recent years, with computers, tablets, mobile phones and other devices facilitating retail transactions anywhere in the world and allowing greater consumer transparency in product pricing and competitive offerings from other retailers. As a result, retailers have been forced to shift the way in which they do business, including development of applications for electronic devices; improvement of guest-facing technology; one-day or same-day delivery of products purchased online (including through the enhancement of inventory management systems and their interface with e-commerce websites, the development and more efficient use of additional distribution facilities, either owned or provided by a third party, and in-store enhancements that facilitate shipment of e-commerce transactions from traditional bricks and mortar retail locations); free shipping of e-commerce transactions; greater and more fluid inventory availability between online transactional businesses and bricks and mortar retail locations; and greater consistency in marketing and pricing strategies for online and traditional bricks and mortar retail operations, including with respect to the retail pricing strategies of a retailer’s own product offerings and those of its wholesale customers.

The continuing shift in the manner in which consumers transact business globally and our efforts to respond to these changes and execute our direct to consumer retail strategies could adversely affect our financial results and operations as a result of, among other things: investment in technology and infrastructure, which is extremely complex, in order to remain competitive (including investments to maintain modern technology and functionality similar to that provided by our competitors and expected by our customers); reliance on outdated technology that is not as appealing or functionally effective as those of our competitors; an inability to provide customer-facing technology systems, including mobile technology solutions, that function reliably and provide a convenient and consistent experience for our customers; our own e-commerce business and/or third party offers diverting sales from our bricks and mortar retail stores, where we have made substantial capital expenditures on leasehold improvements and have significant remaining long-term financial commitments, and rendering the traditional retail model more challenging financially; decision making with respect to the wholesale customers to whom we are willing to sell our products in order to maintain a consistent brand message and pricing strategy; our own promotional activity and pricing strategies; any failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores through social media; a reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for our online content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. The rapid dissemination of information and opinions in the current marketplace through social media and other platforms also increases the challenges of responding to negative perceptions or commentary about our brands or products. If we are unable to properly manage these risks and effectively respond to the behavioral shift in consumer expectations, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.

Loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few key customers. For example, during Fiscal 2015, 46% of our consolidated wholesale sales or 16% of our consolidated net sales were to our five largest customers. Over the last several years, there have been significant levels of store closures by large retailers, increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers, direct sourcing of products by large retailers, consolidation of a number of retailers and increased competition experienced by our wholesale customers from online competitors. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers’ operations, continued store closures by major department stores, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers, the appeal of our brands and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, or our own decision to terminate or curtail our sales to a particular customer, for brand protection or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers, reduce our operating costs or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.

In addition, due to long product lead times, our product lines are typically designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connection with these lines up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or incur losses in order to dispose excess inventories. While we try to manage inventory risk by soliciting firm commitments from our wholesale customers, as the direct to consumer channels of distribution continue to represent a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales, our ability to mitigate the risks associated with our production commitments is tempered.

22

We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At January 30, 2016, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $28 million, or 48% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer.

We rely to a large extent on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producers to meet our requirements, the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, disrupt our supply chain or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.

We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, including sourcing approximately 62% of our product purchases from China during Fiscal 2015. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term supply contracts but, instead, conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend on the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity, and in some cases, the products we purchase and the raw materials that are used in our products are available only from one source or a limited number of sources. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis; given the production time and shipment time for goods for a particular season, if scheduled shipments from our suppliers are missed, there will not be time for another vendor to produce replacement goods. This would jeopardize our ability to service our customers and properly merchandise our direct to consumer channels, which may, in turn, have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.

In addition, due to our sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We may not be able to offset any disruption or cost increases to our supply chain as a result of any of these factors by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us.

Breaches of information security or privacy could damage our reputation or credibility and cause us financial harm.

As an ongoing part of our business operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information, including of our customers, employees and suppliers and including credit card information. The routine operation of our business involves the storage and transmission of customer personal information, preferences and credit card information, and we use social media and other online activities to connect with our customers. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern.

Cybersecurity attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or disrupt our systems. Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged. The costs to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems and vulnerabilities, including to comply with security or other measures under state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or to resolve any litigation, and to enhance cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants could be significant and result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales.

23

As part of our routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit personal information of our employees and customers. Although we contractually require that these providers implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur at their location or within their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third party service providers may expose us to negative publicity, as well as potential out-of-pocket costs which could materially adversely affect our business and customer relationships.

In addition, privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them or similar security standards, such as those created by the payment card industry, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or similar security standards, could lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity.

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel and related industries, with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for more than 25 years, including in various executive management capacities. Our success depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management, and continued succession planning. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, the unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could harm our business and financial performance.

As we have previously announced, we introduced a new chief executive at Tommy Bahama at the beginning of fiscal 2016 and will officially have a new chief executive at Lilly Pulitzer starting in April 2016, with their predecessors retiring from their respective positions. Although the new executives at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer have each been with their respective businesses for over 10 years and we believe that the transition of leadership was made according to carefully executed succession plans, any unsuccessful assumption of additional leadership responsibilities by either of these individuals or their respective teams, many of whom are taking on additional responsibilities, could materially adversely affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure, in particular at one of our principal distribution facilities, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations, and meet the needs of our management.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations and as a method of communication with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Additionally, each of our operating groups utilizes e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems and e-commerce websites.

We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses. We may experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse affect on our business or results of operations.

We may additionally have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington for our Tommy Bahama products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for our Lilly Pulitzer products; and distribution centers in Toccoa, Georgia and Lyons, Georgia for our Lanier Apparel products. Each of these distribution centers relies on computer-controlled and automated equipment, which may be subject to a number of risks. Our ability to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these brand-focused distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods for one of our operating groups.

24

If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations, or if we are unable to receive goods in a distribution center or to ship the goods in a distribution center, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, including provisions relating to health insurance for our employees under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which was signed into law in 2010, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and similar operational matters. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including those where we may operate retail stores, requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will in the future be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, require a recall of our products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity.

In addition, like many retailers, we are impacted by trends in litigation, including class action litigation brought under various consumer protection and employment laws and are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business operations. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings, and regardless of the outcome or whether the claims have merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and require our management devote significant time to defend.

Also, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations.

Regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. For example, the negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

Furthermore, as a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Compliance with these regulations requires us to devote time and management resources to institute corporate processes and compliance programs and to update these processes and programs in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements and could affect the manner in which we operate our businesses. We cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. We could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation, or our brand reputation could suffer, either as a result of a failure to comply with any of these regulations or our disclosures in response to these regulations.

The acquisition of new businesses and the divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines have certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected costs resulting from the transaction.
    
Growth of our business through acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model is a component of our business strategy. Generally, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: the current competitive climate for suitable acquisition candidates, which is driving market multiples; the benefits of the acquisition not materializing as planned or not materializing within the time periods or to the extent anticipated; our ability to manage the people and processes of an acquired business; difficulties in retaining key relationships with customers and suppliers; risks in entering geographic markets and/or product

25

categories in which we have no or limited prior experience; and the possibility that we pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we derive from the acquired business.

As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, our recourse may be limited and we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable or collectible. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Merger and acquisition activity is inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that any acquisition will be successful and will not materially harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

Additionally, acquisitions may cause us to incur debt or make dilutive issuances of our equity securities; cause large one-time expenses; or create goodwill or other intangible assets that could result in significant impairment charges in the future. In connection with acquisitions, we would also make various estimates and assumptions in order to determine purchase price allocation and estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If our estimates or assumptions are not accurate, we may suffer losses that could be material.

From time to time, we also divest or discontinue businesses and/or product lines that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire. For example, during Fiscal 2015, we sold the operations and assets of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Disposition transactions, as well as the discontinuation of business and/or product lines, may result in underutilization of our retained resources if the exited operations are not replaced with new lines of business, either internally or through acquisition. In addition, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities, some of which may be triggered or increased by a purchaser’s operation of the disposed business following the transaction. Those liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One key component of our business strategy is organic growth in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups, including, for example, our ongoing emphasis to develop and grow Tommy Bahama’s women’s business. Successful growth of our business is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

In addition, we have and intend to continue to make significant investment in growing our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands, which includes investment in technology and infrastructure; retail stores and restaurants; office and distribution center facilities; and personnel. These investments may not yield the full benefits we anticipate and/or sales growth may be outpaced by increases in operating costs, putting downward pressure on our operating margins and adversely affecting our results of operations.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as certain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. In Fiscal 2015, 90% of our consolidated net sales were attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United

26

States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.

From time to time, we discover products that are counterfeit reproductions of our products, that otherwise infringe on our proprietary rights or that otherwise seek to mimic or leverage our intellectual property. These activities typically increase as brand recognition increases, especially in markets outside the United States. Counterfeiting of our brands could divert away sales, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our distribution and marketing, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.

Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax exposure. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including among others a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions; the realization of any anticipated net operating loss carryforwards; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

In addition, a number of proposals for broad reform of the United States corporate tax system are under evaluation by various legislative and administrative bodies. Although it is not possible to accurately determine the overall effect of these recommendations and proposals on our effective tax rate, changes such as these may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. In addition, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. In recent years, we have seen increases in the costs of certain raw materials, particularly cotton, as a result of weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices.

In recent years, we have also seen increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers, particularly with the growth of the middle class in certain countries, as well as in freight costs. In China, for example, apparel manufacturers have experienced increased costs due to labor shortages and other factors, and these increased costs are often passed on to us. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers.

We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants.

An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 49% of our consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2015, and we expect to increase the number of our retail stores during Fiscal 2016 and in future years.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations, the overall ability of the location to attract a consumer

27

base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable, our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel, and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. We compete with others for these favorable store locations, lease terms and desired personnel. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations, retail growth may be limited. Further, any decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, whether because of general economic conditions, changes in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants, or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations.

Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation. From time to time, we seek to downsize or close some of our retail store or restaurant operations, which may require a modification or termination of an existing lease; such actions may require payment of exit fees and/or result in fixed asset impairment charges, the amounts of which could be material.

In addition, our retail store and restaurant leases generally grant the third party landlord with discretion on a number of operational matters, such as store hours and construction of our improvements. The recent consolidation within the commercial real estate development, operation and/or management industries may reduce our leverage with those parties, thereby adversely affecting the terms of future leases for our retail stores and restaurants or making entering into long-term commitments with such parties cost prohibitive.

In recent years, we have expanded our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations into international markets; these efforts may continue to adversely impact our results of operations.

Starting in Fiscal 2012, we expanded our Tommy Bahama retail operations into international markets, specifically in the Asia-Pacific region and in Canada. While we continue to look for additional, brand-appropriate locations for retail stores in these markets, particularly in Australia and Canada in the near term, we have also undertaken exploratory efforts to identify suitable third party distribution partners in various international markets. Our Tommy Bahama international infrastructure has had, and will continue to have, a negative impact on our operating results until we are able to fully scale our infrastructure costs and generate sufficient sales and other income through those operations to offset the requisite infrastructure costs.

We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international operations and there are risks associated with doing business in these markets, including lack of brand recognition in certain markets; understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes; understanding sizing and fitting in these markets; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate market-specific operational and logistics functions; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks or if our international efforts do not prove successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations could continue to be negatively impacted.

In addition, we are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the local laws of the foreign countries into which we enter. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

In the future, we may elect to operate in certain international markets through joint ventures with third parties or retail license and/or wholesale distribution arrangements with third parties. Any such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the operational skill and expertise of a local operator, the ability of the joint venture or operator to manage its employees and appropriately represent our brands in those markets, and any protective rights that we may be forced to grant to the third party, which could limit our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of such a relationship.

Our geographical concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida and California for our Tommy Bahama retail stores (52 out of 141 domestic stores in these states as of January 30, 2016) and Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores (12 out of 34 stores as of January 30, 2016). Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations

28

for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

We schedule production from third party manufacturers based on our expectations for the demand for our products. However, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages as demand for our products increases, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business.

We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.

We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Nick Graham, to market some of our products. During Fiscal 2015, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 6% of our consolidated net sales and 53% of our Lanier Apparel net sales. When we enter into these license and design agreements, they generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements often include options that we may exercise to extend the term of the contract but, when available, those option rights are subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Competitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability, or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other desirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement will cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license, which could be material, and in certain cases could also result in an impairment charge for related assets.

Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.

In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs. As of January 30, 2016, we had $44.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. In the future, our debt levels may increase under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.

Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt, guaranty certain obligations, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make investments, including the amount we may generally invest in, or use to support, our foreign operations, sell assets, make acquisitions, merge with other companies, or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.

29

In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. An increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.

The continued growth of our business, including the completion of potentially desirable acquisitions, also depends on our access to sufficient funds. We typically rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of January 30, 2016, we had $185.9 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our operations and existing credit facilities, we may need to seek additional funding, whether through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and, depending on the sources of financing, our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. For example, a severe and prolonged disruption to ocean freight transportation, such as the disruption to West Coast port operations in 2014 and 2015 due to a port workers’ union dispute, delayed our receipt of product. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations or within government licensing or permitting offices. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing and retail operations, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. The substantial majority of our orders for the production of apparel in foreign countries is denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

We received U.S. dollars for more than 95% of our product sales during Fiscal 2015. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases costs, and the products are sold in another currency but the additional cost cannot be passed on to our customers, our gross margins will be negatively impacted.

Our operations may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Our sales volume and operations may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain

30

geographic regions, the concentration of our sourcing operations and the concentration of our distribution operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business could be impacted as a result of actions by activist shareholders or others.

We may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges in the operation of our company due to actions instituted by activist shareholders or others. Responding to such actions could be costly and time-consuming, may not align with our business strategies and could divert the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of our business strategies. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of shareholder activism may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business or other instability and may affect our relationships with vendors, customers and other third parties.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.    Properties
We lease and own space for our retail stores, distribution centers, sales/administration office space and manufacturing facilities in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for retail space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes and insurance applicable to the property, plus a contingent rent based on a percentage of the store's net sales in excess of a specific threshold. The leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Periodically, we assess the operating results of each of our retail stores and restaurants to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain stores that do not continue to meet our investment criteria, not renew certain leases, exercise an early termination option, or otherwise negotiate an early termination. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our retail leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. We also believe that there are sufficient retail spaces available for the continued expansion of our retail store footprint in the near future.
As of January 30, 2016, our retail and restaurant operations utilized approximately 0.9 million square feet of leased space in the United States, Canada, Australia and Asia. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 20,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Greater detail about the retail space used by each operating group is included in Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.
As of January 30, 2016, we utilized approximately 1.5 million square feet of owned or leased distribution, manufacturing and administrative/sales facilities in the United States, Mexico and Hong Kong. In addition to our owned distribution facilities, we may utilize certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our retail, wholesale and e-commerce operations.
Details of the principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities used in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:

31

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Location	Primary Use	Operating Group	Square
Footage	Lease
Expiration	
Seattle, Washington	Sales/administration	Tommy Bahama	110,000	
 	2026	
Auburn, Washington	Distribution center	Tommy Bahama	325,000	
 	2025	
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania	Sales/administration and distribution center	Lilly Pulitzer	160,000	
 	Owned	
Toccoa, Georgia	Distribution center	Lanier Apparel	310,000	
 	Owned	
Merida, Mexico	Manufacturing plant	Lanier Apparel	80,000	
 	Owned	
Atlanta, Georgia	Sales/administration	Corporate and Other and Lanier Apparel	30,000	
 	2023	
Lyons, Georgia	Sales/administration and distribution center	Corporate and Other and Lanier Apparel	420,000	
 	Owned	
New York, New York	Sales/administration	Various	40,000	
 	Various	
Hong Kong	Sales/administration	Various	20,000	
 	Various	

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to litigation or regulatory actions, or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities, that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

32

PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market and Dividend Information
Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 15, 2016, there were 285 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our Board of Directors for each quarter.

 	High	Low	Close	Dividends	
Fiscal 2015	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	80.93	
 	$	51.13	
 	$	78.11	
 	$	0.25	
 	
Second Quarter	$	90.00	
 	$	73.36	
 	$	83.93	
 	$	0.25	
 	
Third Quarter	$	91.24	
 	$	67.62	
 	$	72.82	
 	$	0.25	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	74.72	
 	$	54.79	
 	$	69.86	
 	$	0.25	
 	
Fiscal 2014	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	82.84	
 	$	64.17	
 	$	65.74	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Second Quarter	$	72.63	
 	$	58.53	
 	$	59.39	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Third Quarter	$	66.18	
 	$	58.11	
 	$	61.25	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	67.13	
 	$	50.13	
 	$	55.94	
 	$	0.21	
 	
We have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960; however, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.
For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during Fiscal 2015.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of previously restricted shares. We did not repurchase any of our common shares pursuant to these plans during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015.
In Fiscal 2012, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $50 million to repurchase shares of our common stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our common stock and has no automatic expiration. As of January 30, 2016, no shares of our common stock had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item 5 of Part II will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated herein by reference.

33

Stock Price Performance Graph
The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years, beginning January 29, 2011 and ending January 30, 2016, of:
 	 	
•	The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and	

•	The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	INDEXED RETURNS	
 	Base	Years Ending	
 	Period	 	 	 	 	 	
Company / Index	1/29/11	1/28/12	2/02/13	2/01/14	1/31/15	1/30/16	
Oxford Industries, Inc.	100	209.28	213.53	328.36	246.75	312.49	
S&P SmallCap 600 Index	100	108.94	126.39	160.56	170.44	162.45	
S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods	100	142.80	132.71	154.02	159.68	133.78	

34

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects the divestiture of the operations and assets of our former Ben Sherman operating group in Fiscal 2015, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Cash flow, capital expenditures, equity compensation, depreciation and amortization amounts below include amounts for both continuing and discontinued operations as our consolidated statements of cash flow are presented on a consolidated basis including continuing and discontinued operations.

 	Fiscal 2015	
 	Fiscal 2014	
 	Fiscal 2013	
 	Fiscal 2012	
 	Fiscal 2011	
 	
 	(in millions, except per share amounts)	
Net sales	$	969.3	
 	$	920.3	
 	$	849.9	
 	$	773.6	
 	$	667.5	
 	
Cost of goods sold	411.2	
 	402.4	
 	368.4	
 	343.5	
 	301.0	
 	
Gross profit	558.1	
 	517.9	
 	481.5	
 	430.1	
 	366.5	
 	
SG&A	475.0	
 	439.1	
 	399.1	
 	362.7	
 	307.0	
 	
Royalties and other operating income	14.4	
 	13.9	
 	13.9	
 	10.7	
 	10.0	
 	
Operating income	97.5	
 	92.8	
 	96.3	
 	78.1	
 	69.5	
 	
Loss on repurchase of debt	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	(9.1	)	(9.0	)	
Interest expense, net	2.5	
 	3.2	
 	3.9	
 	8.7	
 	16.1	
 	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes	95.1	
 	89.6	
 	92.4	
 	60.3	
 	44.4	
 	
Income taxes	36.5	
 	35.8	
 	36.9	
 	23.1	
 	15.6	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations	58.5	
 	53.8	
 	55.4	
 	37.2	
 	28.9	
 	
(Loss) income, including loss on sale, from discontinued operations, net of taxes	(28.0	)	(8.0	)	(10.1	)	(5.9	)	0.5	
 	
Net earnings	$	30.6	
 	$	45.8	
 	$	45.3	
 	$	31.3	
 	$	29.4	
 	
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share	$	3.54	
 	$	3.27	
 	$	3.36	
 	$	2.24	
 	$	1.75	
 	
Diluted (loss) income, including loss on sale, from discontinued operations per share	$	(1.69	)	$	(0.49	)	$	(0.62	)	$	(0.36	)	$	0.03	
 	
Diluted net earnings per share	$	1.85	
 	$	2.78	
 	$	2.75	
 	$	1.89	
 	$	1.78	
 	
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	16.6	
 	16.5	
 	16.5	
 	16.6	
 	16.5	
 	
Dividends declared and paid	$	16.6	
 	$	13.9	
 	$	11.9	
 	$	9.9	
 	$	8.6	
 	
Dividends declared and paid per share	$	1.00	
 	$	0.84	
 	$	0.72	
 	$	0.60	
 	$	0.52	
 	
Total assets, at period-end	$	582.7	
 	$	622.4	
 	$	606.9	
 	$	533.1	
 	$	489.5	
 	
Long-term debt at period-end	$	44.0	
 	$	104.8	
 	$	137.6	
 	$	108.6	
 	$	103.4	
 	
Shareholders' equity, at period-end	$	334.4	
 	$	290.6	
 	$	260.2	
 	$	229.8	
 	$	204.1	
 	
Cash provided by operating activities	$	105.4	
 	$	95.4	
 	$	52.7	
 	$	67.1	
 	$	44.2	
 	
Capital expenditures	$	73.1	
 	$	50.4	
 	$	43.4	
 	$	60.7	
 	$	35.3	
 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	$	36.4	
 	$	37.6	
 	$	33.9	
 	$	26.3	
 	$	27.2	
 	
Equity compensation expense	$	5.2	
 	$	4.1	
 	$	1.7	
 	$	2.8	
 	$	2.2	
 	
LIFO accounting charge	$	0.3	
 	$	2.1	
 	$	—	
 	$	4.0	
 	$	5.8	
 	
Book value per share at period-end	$	20.14	
 	$	17.64	
 	$	15.85	
 	$	13.85	
 	$	12.35	

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

35

OVERVIEW
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our owned Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. During Fiscal 2015, 91% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and 66% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels of distribution. In Fiscal 2015, more than 95% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the sales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region.
Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude.  Furthermore, we believe that lifestyle brands like Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, that create an emotional connection with consumers, can command greater loyalty, higher price points at retail and create licensing opportunities, which may result in higher earnings. We believe that the attraction of a lifestyle brand to consumers is dependent on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing the product to the consumer where and when they want it. 
Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.  Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.
In order to further strengthen each lifestyle brand's connections with consumers, we communicate regularly with consumers via the use of electronic and print media.  We believe that our ability to effectively communicate with consumers and create an emotional connection is critical to the success of the brands.
We distribute our owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel. Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them the full line of our current season products and provide an opportunity for consumers to be immersed in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. Our 123 Tommy Bahama and 34 Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term growth for the brands. In Tommy Bahama, we also operate 16 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store locations, which we believe further enhance the brand's image with consumers.
Additionally, our e-commerce websites, which represented 17% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2015, provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products. Our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash clearance sales on our websites, as well as our 41 Tommy Bahama outlet stores, play an important role in overall brand and inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products in brand appropriate settings and at better prices than are typically available from third parties.
The wholesale operations of our lifestyle brands complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. As we seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites, we generally target select wholesale customers that follow this same approach in their stores. Our wholesale customers for our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands include better department stores and specialty stores.
Within our Lanier Apparel operating group, we sell tailored clothing and sportswear products under licensed brands, private label products and owned brands to department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States.
All of our operating groups operate in highly competitive apparel markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service.

The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than these conditions may have on other industries.  We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that have prevailed in recent years continue to impact our

36

business, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, the apparel retail environment remains increasingly more promotional.

Additionally, the apparel retail market is evolving as a result of shifting shopping patterns and technological advances, with e-commerce playing an increasingly important role and bricks and mortar retail stores playing a different role in consumers' journey to their ultimate purchase. The industry is also being impacted by the coming of age of the millenial generation whose values and approach to the marketplace are so different from past generations. We believe that our lifestyle brands are ideally suited to succeed and thrive in the long-term while managing the various challenges facing our industry.

We believe that our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of bricks and mortar retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and attempt to increase comparable retail store sales, and higher sales in our e-commerce operations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable bricks and mortar retail store sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We also believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Apparel in the future through new product programs for existing and new customers.

We believe that we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store and restaurant build-out and remodels, e-commerce initiatives, technology enhancements and distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives. Additionally, we anticipate increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to support the ongoing business operations and fuel future sales growth.

We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity. We believe that positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with sufficient resources to fund future investments in our owned lifestyle brands. While we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.
The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results from continuing operations (in thousands, except per share amounts) for Fiscal 2015 compared to Fiscal 2014:

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Net sales	$	969,290	
 	$	920,325	
 	
Operating income	$	97,514	
 	$	92,819	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	58,537	
 	$	53,797	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share	$	3.54	
 	$	3.27	
 	
The higher net earnings from continuing operations in Fiscal 2015 primarily resulted from (1) higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer reflecting higher net sales and gross margins partially offset by higher SG&A associated with expanding operations, (2) a lower operating loss in Corporate and Other reflecting a lower LIFO accounting charge, (3) lower interest expense and (4) lower effective tax rate. These favorable items were partially offset by (1) lower operating income in Tommy Bahama reflecting higher SG&A associated with the expanding operations and lower gross margin, partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and (2) lower operating income in Lanier Apparel reflecting the impact of lower sales partially offset by a higher gross margin.

Discontinued operations
Discontinued operations include the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in July 2015. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes was $28.0 million in Fiscal 2015 compared to a net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $8.0 million in Fiscal 2014 with the larger net loss primarily due to the $20.5 million loss on sale of the Ben Sherman operations. We do not anticipate significant operations or earnings related to the discontinued operations in future periods, with cash flow attributable to discontinued operations in future periods primarily limited to the post-closing purchase price adjustments paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016 and amounts associated with certain lease obligations related to the Ben Sherman business which we retained in connection with the transaction. Refer to

37

Note 12 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about discontinued operations.

OPERATING GROUPS
Our business primarily operates through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations. For a description of each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, both included in this report.

In Fiscal 2015, as a result of certain organizational and management reporting changes, our Oxford Golf operations, which were previously included in Corporate and Other, are considered part of and included in our Lanier Apparel operating group. For all periods presented, amounts for Lanier Apparel include the Oxford Golf operations, while amounts for Corporate and Other exclude those operations. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups.

COMPARABLE STORE SALES
We often disclose comparable store sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable store sales include net sales from full-price stores and our e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that the inclusion of both our full-price stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable store sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable store sales results, given similar inventory planning, allocation and return policies, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives for the direct to consumer channel. For our comparable store sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occur at lower gross margins than our full-price direct to consumer sales, and (2) restaurant sales, as we do not currently believe that the inclusion of restaurant sales is meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations. Comparable store sales information reflects net sales, including shipping and handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.
 
For purposes of our disclosures, we consider a comparable store to be, in addition to our e-commerce sites, a physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during the relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to have, (1) a remodel resulting in the store being closed for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion, reduction or relocation to a new retail space, (3) a relocation to a new space that was significantly different from the prior retail space, or (4) a closing or opening of a Tommy Bahama restaurant adjacent to the retail store. For those stores which are excluded from comparable stores based on the preceding sentence, the stores continue to be excluded from comparable store sales until the criteria for a new store is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation or restaurant closing or opening. A store that is remodeled generally will continue to be included in our comparable store sales metrics as a store is not typically closed for a two week period during a remodel; however, in some cases a store may be closed for more than two weeks during a remodel. A store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable store sales metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year as the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Additionally, any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we plan to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, are excluded from the definition of comparable store sales.
 
Definitions and calculations of comparable store sales differ among retail companies, and therefore comparable store sales metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies.

38

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of operations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding.

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net sales	$	969,290	
 	100.0	%	$	920,325	
 	100.0	%	$	849,879	
 	100.0	%	
Cost of goods sold	411,185	
 	42.4	%	402,376	
 	43.7	%	368,399	
 	43.3	%	
Gross profit	558,105	
 	57.6	%	517,949	
 	56.3	%	481,480	
 	56.7	%	
SG&A	475,031	
 	49.0	%	439,069	
 	47.7	%	399,104	
 	47.0	%	
Royalties and other operating income	14,440	
 	1.5	%	13,939	
 	1.5	%	13,936	
 	1.6	%	
Operating income	97,514	
 	10.1	%	92,819	
 	10.1	%	96,312	
 	11.3	%	
Interest expense, net	2,458	
 	0.3	%	3,236	
 	0.4	%	3,940	
 	0.5	%	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes	95,056	
 	9.8	%	89,583	
 	9.7	%	92,372	
 	10.9	%	
Income taxes	36,519	
 	3.8	%	35,786	
 	3.9	%	36,944	
 	4.3	%	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	58,537	
 	6.0	%	$	53,797	
 	5.8	%	$	55,428	
 	6.5	%	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes	(27,975	)	NM	
 	(8,039	)	NM	
 	(10,137	)	NM	
 	
Net earnings	$	30,562	
 	NM	
 	$	45,758	
 	NM	
 	$	45,291	
 	NM	

FISCAL 2015 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2014
 
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of operations for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group. Refer to Note 12 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about discontinued operations.
 
Net Sales

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	658,467	
 	$	627,498	
 	$	30,969	
 	4.9	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	204,626	
 	167,736	
 	36,890	
 	22.0	 %	
Lanier Apparel	105,106	
 	126,430	
 	(21,324	)	(16.9	)%	
Corporate and Other	1,091	
 	(1,339	)	2,430	
 	NM	
 	
Total net sales	$	969,290	
 	$	920,325	
 	$	48,965	
 	5.3	 %	
 
Consolidated net sales increased $49.0 million, or 5.3%, in Fiscal 2015 compared to Fiscal 2014 reflecting changes in net sales of each operating group, as discussed below. The 5.3% increase in consolidated net sales was primarily driven by (1) a $28.8 million, or 7%, increase in comparable store sales which includes full-price retail stores and full-price e-commerce sales to $418.3 million in Fiscal 2015 from $389.5 million in Fiscal 2014, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $28.4 million associated with the operation of additional full-price stores, (3) a $5.4 million increase in restaurant sales resulting from the operation of additional restaurants and increased sales at existing restaurants, (4) a $5.2 million net increase in outlet store, e-commerce flash clearance and warehouse sales. These increases in net sales were partially offset by an $18.9 million decrease in wholesale sales including the $21.3 million decrease in Lanier Apparel. The following table presents the proportion of our consolidated net sales by distribution channel for each period presented:

39

 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Full-price retail stores, outlets and warehouse sales	42	%	40	%	
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales	17	%	15	%	
Restaurant	7	%	7	%	
Wholesale	34	%	38	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	

Tommy Bahama:
 
The Tommy Bahama net sales increase of $31.0 million, or 4.9%, was primarily driven by (1) an incremental net sales increase of $18.0 million associated with the operation of additional full-price retail stores, (2) a $7.8 million, or 3%, increase in comparable store sales to $317.8 million in Fiscal 2015 from $310.0 million in Fiscal 2014, (3) a $5.4 million increase in restaurant sales resulting from the operation of two restaurants opened in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2015 as well as increased sales in existing restaurants and (4) a $2.1 million increase in outlet store and flash clearance sales, including the impact of new outlets opened in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2015. These increases in net sales were partially offset by a $2.9 million decrease in wholesale sales.

As of January 30, 2016, we operated 164 Tommy Bahama stores globally, consisting of 107 full-price retail stores, 16 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. As of January 31, 2015 we operated 157 Tommy Bahama stores globally consisting of 101 full-price retail stores, 15 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Full-price retail stores and outlets	50	%	50	%	
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales	15	%	14	%	
Restaurant	11	%	10	%	
Wholesale	24	%	26	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
 
Lilly Pulitzer:
 
The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of $36.9 million, or 22.0%, was primarily a result of (1) a $21.1 million, or 27%, increase in comparable store sales to $100.5 million in Fiscal 2015 compared to $79.5 million in Fiscal 2014, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $10.4 million associated with the operation of additional retail stores, (3) a $2.9 million increase in wholesale sales in Fiscal 2015, (4) an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $1.7 million to $18.4 million in Fiscal 2015, and (5) $0.9 million higher sales at the June warehouse sale. As of January 30, 2016, we operated 34 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores compared to 28 retail stores as of January 31, 2015. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Full-price retail stores and warehouse sales	38	%	34	%	
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales	30	%	28	%	
Wholesale	32	%	38	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
 
Lanier Apparel:
 
The decrease in net sales for Lanier Apparel of $21.3 million, or 16.9%, reflects a decrease in net sales in the private label and branded businesses for both tailored clothing and sportswear. The branded and private label businesses were unfavorably impacted by the reduction in or exit from certain replenishment and other programs.
 
Corporate and Other:
 
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consist of the net sales of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center as well as the impact of the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups, which exceeded net sales of our Lyons,

40

Georgia distribution center in Fiscal 2014. The increase in Corporate and Other sales was primarily due to a smaller unfavorable impact of the elimination of intercompany sales in Fiscal 2015.
 
Gross Profit
 
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	393,221	
 	$	377,415	
 	$	15,806	
 	4.2	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	132,791	
 	106,317	
 	26,474	
 	24.9	 %	
Lanier Apparel	30,460	
 	34,159	
 	(3,699	)	(10.8	)%	
Corporate and Other	1,633	
 	58	
 	1,575	
 	NM	
 	
Total gross profit	$	558,105	
 	$	517,949	
 	$	40,156	
 	7.8	 %	
LIFO charge included in Corporate and Other	254	
 	2,131	

 	
 
The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily driven by higher net sales, as discussed above, as well as a change in sales mix as a greater proportion of consolidated net sales were Lilly Pulitzer sales, which typically has higher gross margins than our other operating groups, and the net favorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2015 as compared to Fiscal 2014. In addition to the impact of the changes in net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group was impacted by the change in sales mix and gross margin within each operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014.

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Tommy Bahama	59.7	%	60.1	%	
Lilly Pulitzer	64.9	%	63.4	%	
Lanier Apparel	29.0	%	27.0	%	
Corporate and Other	NM	
 	NM	
 	
Consolidated gross margin	57.6	%	56.3	%	

On a consolidated basis, gross margin increased in Fiscal 2015, primarily as a result of (1) Lilly Pulitzer representing a greater proportion and Lanier Apparel representing a lower proportion of consolidated net sales, (2) direct to consumer sales, which typically provide a higher gross margin, representing a greater proportion of consolidated net sales, (3) improved gross margins in Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel and (4) the net favorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2015 as compared to Fiscal 2014. These favorable items were partially offset by the lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama.
 
Tommy Bahama:

The reduction in gross margin for Tommy Bahama reflected lower gross margins in both the direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution, which offset the favorable impact of a change in sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a greater proportion of net sales. The lower direct to consumer gross margin was primarily due to a greater proportion of sales in our full-price stores and e-commerce website occurring in connection with Tommy Bahama's Friends and Family, loyalty card and flip-side events and more significant in-store discounts in our outlet stores. The lower gross margin in the wholesale business was primarily a result of more significant discounts and allowances, particularly for wholesale off-price sales.

Lilly Pulitzer:
 
The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer was primarily driven by a change in sales mix towards the direct to consumer channel of distribution and an increase in gross margins of the full-price direct to consumer businesses.
 
Lanier Apparel:

41

The increase in gross margin for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to a change in sales mix with a greater proportion of sales being higher gross margin branded business programs, in both the tailored clothing and sportswear businesses, which was partially offset by the impact of more significant inventory markdowns in Fiscal 2015.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, (2) the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments and (3) the impact of certain consolidating adjustments, including the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups. The higher gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to the lower impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2015.
 
SG&A

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
SG&A	$	475,031	
 	$	439,069	
 	$	35,962	
 	8.2	%	
SG&A as % of net sales	49.0	%	47.7	%	 	

Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,521	
 	$	1,764	
 	 	 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	—	
 	$	275	

The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) $19.9 million of incremental costs in Fiscal 2015 associated with additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants, including the Waikiki retail-restaurant location, and Lilly Pulitzer stores, (2) costs to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer and Tommy Bahama businesses, (3) $2.7 million of increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington and (4) $1.1 million of additional equity compensation expense. SG&A included $1.9 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2015 compared to $2.3 million in Fiscal 2014. We anticipate that amortization of intangible assets will be approximately $1.7 million in Fiscal 2016.

Royalties and other operating income

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Royalties and other operating income	$	14,440	
 	$	13,939	
 	$	501	
 	3.6	%	
 
Royalties and other operating income primarily reflect income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands. The $0.5 million increase in royalties and other income reflects increased royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	65,993	
 	$	71,132	
 	$	(5,139	)	(7.2	)%	
Lilly Pulitzer	42,525	
 	32,190	
 	10,335	
 	32.1	 %	
Lanier Apparel	7,700	
 	10,043	
 	(2,343	)	(23.3	)%	
Corporate and Other	(18,704	)	(20,546	)	1,842	
 	9.0	 %	
Total operating income	$	97,514	
 	$	92,819	
 	$	4,695	
 	5.1	 %	
LIFO charge included in Corporate and Other	$	254	
 	$	2,131	

 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,521	
 	$	1,764	
 	 	 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	—	
 	$	275	

 	
 
The increase in operating income was primarily due to the higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer and a lower operating loss in Corporate and Other, partially offset by lower operating income in Tommy Bahama and Lanier Apparel. Changes in operating income (loss) by operating group are discussed below.

42

 
Tommy Bahama:

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	658,467	
 	$	627,498	
 	$	30,969	
 	4.9	 %	
Gross margin	59.7	%	60.1	%	 	

Operating income	$	65,993	
 	$	71,132	
 	$	(5,139	)	(7.2	)%	
Operating income as % of net sales	10.0	%	11.3	%	 	

Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,521	
 	$	1,764	

The lower operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the higher SG&A and lower gross margin partially offset by higher sales. The higher SG&A reflects (1) $15.1 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and restaurants, including pre-opening rent and set-up costs associated with new stores and restaurants, (2) $2.7 million of increased occupancy costs associated with duplicate rent expense, moving costs and higher rent structure related to the relocation of Tommy Bahama's office in Seattle, Washington during the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2015 and (3) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business. These higher SG&A amounts were partially offset by reductions in other SG&A accounts, including incentive compensation. The operating loss for the Tommy Bahama Waikiki retail-restaurant location prior to opening in late October 2015 was $2.1 million, with the substantial majority of this loss consisting of pre-opening rent and set-up costs, which are included in the incremental SG&A amount associated with new locations above. Fiscal 2015 included an operating loss of $8.3 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $10.3 million in Fiscal 2014.

Lilly Pulitzer:

 	Fiscal 2015	
 	Fiscal 2014	
 	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	204,626	
 	$	167,736	
 	$	36,890	
 	22.0	%	
Gross margin	64.9	%	63.4	%	 	

Operating income	$	42,525	
 	$	32,190	
 	$	10,335	
 	32.1	%	
Operating income as % of net sales	20.8	%	19.2	%	 	

Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	—	
 	$	275	

 	

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to the higher net sales and gross margin. These items were partially offset by increased SG&A. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) higher costs to support the growing business, reflecting increased infrastructure costs and advertising expense, (2) $4.8 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and (3) $1.0 million of higher incentive compensation.
 
Lanier Apparel:

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	105,106	
 	$	126,430	
 	$	(21,324	)	(16.9	)%	
Gross margin	29.0	%	27.0	%	 	

Operating income	$	7,700	
 	$	10,043	
 	$	(2,343	)	(23.3	)%	
Operating income as % of net sales	7.3	%	7.9	%	 	

 
The lower operating income for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to the reduction in net sales partially offset by higher gross margin and lower SG&A. The lower SG&A primarily reflects decreases in certain variable and other expenses including royalty, advertising and distribution expenses.

Corporate and Other:

43

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	1,091	
 	$	(1,339	)	$	2,430	
 	NM	
 	
Operating loss	$	(18,704	)	$	(20,546	)	$	1,842	
 	9.0	%	
LIFO charge included in Corporate and Other	$	254	
 	$	2,131	

 	
 
The improved operating results in Corporate and Other were primarily due to the lower LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2015 and a $0.9 million gain on sale of real estate, which were partially offset by higher incentive compensation amounts.
 
Interest expense, net

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Interest expense, net	$	2,458	
 	$	3,236	
 	$	(778	)	(24.0	)%	
 
Interest expense for Fiscal 2015 decreased from the prior year primarily due to lower average debt outstanding, particularly in second half of Fiscal 2015, and lower borrowing rates during Fiscal 2015. The lower average debt outstanding in the second half of Fiscal 2015 was primarily a result of the use of proceeds from the July 2015 sale of Ben Sherman for debt repayment.

Income taxes

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Income taxes	$	36,519	
 	$	35,786	
 	$	733	
 	2.0	%	
Effective tax rate	38.4	%	39.9	%	 	

 
Income tax expense for Fiscal 2015 increased, reflecting higher earnings partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. The lower effective tax rate in Fiscal 2015 compared to Fiscal 2014 primarily resulted from improved operating results in our Hong-Kong based sourcing and Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific retail operations. Our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2016 is estimated to be approximately 37.5% reflecting our expectation that our operating results in our sourcing operations and Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific retail operations will continue to improve.

Net earnings from continuing operations

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	58,537	
 	$	53,797	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share	$	3.54	
 	$	3.27	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted	16,559	
 	16,471	

The higher net earnings in Fiscal 2015 primarily resulted from (1) higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) a lower operating loss in Corporate and Other, (3) lower interest expense and (4) lower effective tax rate. These favorable items were partially offset by (1) lower operating income in Tommy Bahama and (2) lower operating income in Lanier Apparel.

Discontinued operations
 
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes was $28.0 million in Fiscal 2015 compared to a net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $8.0 million in Fiscal 2014 with the larger net loss primarily due to the $20.5 million loss on sale of the Ben Sherman operations, which was completed in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. We do not anticipate significant operations or earnings related to the discontinued operations in future periods, with cash flow attributable to discontinued operations in future periods primarily limited to the post-closing purchase price adjustments paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016 and amounts associated with certain lease obligations related to the Ben Sherman business which we retained in connection with the transaction.
FISCAL 2014 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2013
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations for Fiscal 2014 to Fiscal 2013. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless

44

indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
 
Net Sales

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	$	42,557	
 	7.3	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	167,736	
 	137,943	
 	29,793	
 	21.6	 %	
Lanier Apparel	126,430	
 	127,421	
 	(991	)	(0.8	)%	
Corporate and Other	(1,339	)	(426	)	(913	)	(214.3	)%	
Total	$	920,325	
 	$	849,879	
 	$	70,446	
 	8.3	 %	
 
Consolidated net sales increased 8.3% reflecting the net sales increases in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesale sales, net sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2014 as presented below:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Full-price retail stores, outlets and warehouse sales	40	%	40	%	
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales	15	%	13	%	
Restaurant	7	%	7	%	
Wholesale	38	%	40	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
 
Tommy Bahama:
 
The Tommy Bahama net sales increase of 7.3% was primarily driven by (1) an incremental net sales increase of $21.8 million associated with the operation of additional retail stores, including the Canadian retail stores acquired in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013, (2) a $9.9 million, or 4%, increase in comparable store sales, which includes full-price retail stores and full-price e-commerce sales, to $288.6 million in Fiscal 2014 from $278.7 million in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.4 million increase in wholesale sales reflecting higher levels of off-price wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014 and the inclusion of the wholesale sales of Tommy Bahama Canada for the full year in Fiscal 2014, (4) $4.6 million of additional e-commerce flash clearance sales resulting in $8.1 million for the fiscal year, and (5) a $3.4 million increase in restaurant sales primarily resulting from higher sales in existing restaurants. These increases in net sales were partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in net sales in outlet stores which were operated during all of Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014.

As of January 31, 2015, we operated 157 Tommy Bahama stores globally, consisting of 101 full-price retail stores, 15 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. As of February 1, 2014, we operated 141 Tommy Bahama stores consisting of 91 full-price retail stores, 14 restaurant-retail locations and 36 outlet stores. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Full-price retail stores and outlets	50	%	51	%	
E-commerce, including full-price and flash clearance sales	14	%	13	%	
Restaurant	10	%	10	%	
Wholesale	26	%	26	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	

Lilly Pulitzer:
 
The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of 21.6% reflects an increase in each channel of distribution including (1) an $11.1 million, or 19%, increase in comparable store sales, to $70.1 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $59.0 million in Fiscal 2013, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $8.9 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2014,

45

(3) an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $5.2 million to $16.7 million and (4) a $4.5 million increase in wholesale sales. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 28 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores compared to 23 retail stores as of February 1, 2014. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Full-price retail stores and warehouse sales	34	%	32	%	
E-commerce, including full-price and e-commerce flash clearance sales	28	%	25	%	
Wholesale	38	%	43	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	

Lanier Apparel:
 
Lanier Apparel net sales decreased 0.8% reflecting a decrease in the Oxford Golf business sales of $4.4 million due to a reduction in private label sales and Fiscal 2013 including a significant initial shipment of Oxford Golf branded product that did not anniversary in Fiscal 2014, which was partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in net sales in the private label business of our tailored clothing operations. The increase in the private label business of our tailored clothing operations was driven by an increase in the pants program for a warehouse club customer, which began in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2013 and more than offset decreases in other private label Lanier Clothes programs. The decreases in the other private label business of our tailored clothing operations and of our Oxford Golf programs was primarily due to lower volume and the exit from some seasonal and replenishment programs.

Corporate and Other:
 
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consist of the net sales of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center as well as the impact of the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups, which exceeded net sales of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center in both Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013. The decrease in Corporate and Other sales was primarily due to a larger unfavorable impact of the elimination of intercompany sales in Fiscal 2014.
 
Gross Profit
 
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	377,415	
 	$	358,930	
 	$	18,485	
 	5.2	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	106,317	
 	84,845	
 	21,472	
 	25.3	 %	
Lanier Apparel	34,159	
 	36,396	
 	(2,237	)	(6.1	)%	
Corporate and Other	58	
 	1,309	
 	(1,251	)	NM	
 	
Total gross profit	$	517,949	
 	$	481,480	
 	$	36,469	
 	7.6	 %	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	2,131	
 	$	(27	)	 	 	
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	—	
 	$	707	

The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of higher net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group was impacted by changes in sales mix and gross margin within each operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.

46

 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Tommy Bahama	60.1	%	61.4	%	
Lilly Pulitzer	63.4	%	61.5	%	
Lanier Apparel	27.0	%	28.6	%	
Corporate and Other	NM	
 	NM	
 	
Consolidated gross margin	56.3	%	56.7	%	
 
On a consolidated basis, gross margin decreased primarily as a result of lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama and Lanier Apparel as well as the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013. These unfavorable items were partially offset by (1) improved gross margins in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) the favorable impact of a greater proportion of net sales being from our direct to consumer channels of distribution and (3) Fiscal 2013 including a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition with no inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2014.

Tommy Bahama:

The lower gross margin at Tommy Bahama primarily reflected a change in sales mix with outlet stores, e-commerce flash clearance sales and off-price wholesale sales representing a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama's net sales and lower gross margins in our outlet store, e-commerce flash clearance and wholesale sales. The lower gross margins in our outlet stores resulted from more in-outlet store discounts in order to move excess spring inventory and drive traffic. The decrease in wholesale gross margins primarily resulted from more significant discounts on certain wholesale sales as well as a larger amount of off-price wholesale sales. Fiscal 2013 included a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The higher gross margin in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix toward the direct to consumer channel of distribution, which typically has higher gross margins than the wholesale channel of distribution, and (2) higher gross margins in both the direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution. The higher gross margins in the direct to consumer business reflects less promotional activity. These favorable items were partially offset by the gross margin impact of the increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2014.
 
Lanier Apparel:

The lower gross margin for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to a change in sales mix with private label programs representing a greater proportion of net sales of Lanier Apparel. Private label programs, including a warehouse club pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product programs.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, (2) the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments and (3) the impact of certain consolidating adjustments, including the elimination of intercompany sales between our operating groups. The lower gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to the impact of the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013, partially offset by a more significant favorable impact from certain consolidating adjustments.
 
SG&A

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
SG&A	$	439,069	
 	$	399,104	
 	$	39,965	
 	10.0	%	
SG&A (as a % of net sales)	47.7	%	47.0	%	 	

Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,764	
 	$	1,377	
 	 	 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	275	

47

 
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses, including increased employment expense, infrastructure costs and advertising expense, (2) $13.7 million of incremental costs associated with additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer stores, (3) $7.5 million of increased incentive compensation, reflecting increases in Lilly Pulitzer, Corporate and Other and Tommy Bahama and (4) $2.4 million of additional equity-based compensation primarily resulting from equity awards granted in Fiscal 2014. SG&A included $2.3 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2014 compared to $2.0 million in Fiscal 2013, with the increase primarily due to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013.

Royalties and other operating income

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Royalties and other operating income	$	13,939	
 	$	13,936	
 	$	3	
 	—	%	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	—	
 	$	1,611	

Royalties and other operating income primarily reflects income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands. The comparable royalties and other operating income reflects higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2014, which offsets the impact of Fiscal 2013 including a $1.6 million gain on sale of real estate with no such gain in Fiscal 2014.

Operating income (loss)

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	$	(1,075	)	(1.5	)%	
Lilly Pulitzer	32,190	
 	25,951	
 	6,239	
 	24.0	 %	
Lanier Apparel	10,043	
 	11,904	
 	(1,861	)	(15.6	)%	
Corporate and Other	(20,546	)	(13,750	)	(6,796	)	(49.4	)%	
Total operating income	$	92,819	
 	$	96,312	
 	$	(3,493	)	(3.6	)%	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	2,131	
 	$	(27	)	 	

Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	—	
 	$	707	
 	 	 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,764	
 	$	1,377	

 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	275	
 	 	 	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	—	
 	$	1,611	

Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $92.8 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $96.3 million in Fiscal 2013. The 3.6% decrease in operating income was primarily due to the lower operating results in Corporate and Other, Lanier Apparel and Tommy Bahama partially offset by improved operating results in Lilly Pulitzer. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
 
Tommy Bahama:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	$	42,557	
 	7.3	 %	
Gross margin	60.1	%	61.4	%	 	

Operating income	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	$	(1,075	)	(1.5	)%	
Operating income as % of net sales	11.3	%	12.3	%	 	

Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	—	
 	$	707	
 	 	 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,764	
 	$	1,377	

48

The decrease in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to a lower gross margin and higher SG&A partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and higher royalty income. The higher SG&A reflects (1) $9.4 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and restaurants, including set-up costs associated with new stores and restaurants, (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including infrastructure, employment and advertising costs, (3) $2.3 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, and (4) $0.4 million of additional amortization of intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama Canada, which were partially offset by Fiscal 2013 including a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. Fiscal 2014 included an operating loss of $10.3 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $11.9 million in Fiscal 2013.
 
Lilly Pulitzer:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	167,736	
 	$	137,943	
 	$	29,793	
 	21.6	%	
Gross margin	63.4	%	61.5	%	 	

Operating income	$	32,190	
 	$	25,951	
 	$	6,239	
 	24.0	%	
Operating income as % of net sales	19.2	%	18.8	%	 	

Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	275	

 	

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to the favorable impact of higher net sales, higher gross margin and higher royalty and other income. These items were partially offset by increased SG&A. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) $5.5 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, (2) higher SG&A to support the growing business, reflecting employment and infrastructure costs as well as higher advertising expense, and (3) $4.2 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores.

Lanier Apparel:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	126,430	
 	$	127,421	
 	$	(991	)	(0.8	)%	
Gross margin	27.0	%	28.6	%	 	

Operating income	$	10,043	
 	$	11,904	
 	$	(1,861	)	(15.6	)%	
Operating income as % of net sales	7.9	%	9.3	%	 	

 
The lower operating income reflects the net impact of lower gross margin and lower sales.
 
Corporate and Other:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	(1,339	)	$	(426	)	$	(913	)	(214.3	)%	
Operating loss	$	(20,546	)	$	(13,750	)	$	(6,796	)	(49.4	)%	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	2,131	
 	$	(27	)	 	 	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	—	
 	$	1,611	

 	
 
The lower operating results in Corporate and Other were primarily due to (1) $2.4 million of higher incentive compensation expense, (2) a $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013, (3) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, and (4) Fiscal 2013 benefiting from certain favorable changes in accruals.
 
Interest expense, net

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Interest expense, net	$	3,236	
 	$	3,940	
 	$	(704	)	(17.9	)%	

49

Interest expense decreased primarily due to lower borrowing rates and lower average debt outstanding in Fiscal 2014. During Fiscal 2014, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Income taxes

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Income taxes	$	35,786	
 	$	36,944	
 	$	(1,158	)	(3.1	)%	
Effective tax rate	39.9	%	40.0	%	 	

Income tax expense decreased primarily due to lower earnings. The high effective tax rates for both periods, as compared to a typical statutory tax rate, reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit.

Net earnings

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	53,797	
 	$	55,428	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share	$	3.27	
 	$	3.36	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted	16,471	
 	16,482	

The primary reasons for the lower net earnings from continuing operations in Fiscal 2014 were (1) a larger operating loss in Corporate and Other, (2) lower operating income in Lanier Apparel and (3) lower operating income in Tommy Bahama. These unfavorable items were partially offset by (1) higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) lower income taxes and (3) lower interest expense.

Discontinued operations
 
The net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes was $8.0 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to a net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $10.1 million in Fiscal 2013. The lower net loss from discontinued operations was primarily due to increased net sales partially offset by lower gross margin and lower royalty income.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary source of revenue and cash flow through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label products. Our primary uses of cash flow include the purchase of products in the operation of our business, as well as operating expenses including employee compensation and benefits, occupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, other general and administrative expenses and the payment of periodic interest payments related to our financing arrangements. Additionally, we use cash for the funding of capital expenditures and dividends and repayment of indebtedness. In the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory and extend credit to our wholesale customers. Thus, we require a certain amount of working capital to operate our business. If cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to its terms, which is described below. We may seek to finance our future cash requirements through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities, sales of debt or equity securities and cash on hand.
As of January 30, 2016, we had $6.3 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, with $44.0 million of borrowings outstanding and $185.9 million of availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. We believe our balance sheet and anticipated future positive cash flow from operating activities provide us with ample opportunity to continue to invest in our brands and our direct to consumer initiatives.
Key Liquidity Measures

50

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
($ in thousands)	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	$ Change	% Change	
Total Current Assets	$	216,796	
 	$	258,545	
 	$	(41,749	)	(16.1	)%	
Total Current Liabilities	128,899	
 	159,942	
 	(31,043	)	(19.4	)%	
Working capital	$	87,897	
 	$	98,603	
 	$	(10,706	)	(10.9	)%	
Working capital ratio	1.68	
 	1.62	

 	
Debt to total capital ratio	12	%	27	%	 	

Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. Current assets decreased from January 31, 2015 to January 30, 2016 primarily due to the disposal of the discontinued operations during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. The January 31, 2015 balance sheet included $48.1 million of current assets related to discontinued operations with no current assets related to discontinued operations as of January 30, 2016. This decrease was partially offset by increased inventories related to continuing operations to support our growing businesses. Current liabilities decreased primarily due to (1) the $12.5 million reduction in contingent consideration and (2) the disposal of the discontinued operations during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015, resulting in a decrease in current liabilities related to discontinued operations from $17.4 million to $2.4 million. Changes in current assets and current liabilities are discussed below.
 
For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt included in continuing operations, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders' equity. Debt was $44.0 million at January 30, 2016 and $104.8 million at January 31, 2015, while shareholders’ equity was $334.4 million at January 30, 2016 and $290.6 million at January 31, 2015. The decrease in debt primarily resulted from the $59.3 million of proceeds related to the disposal of Ben Sherman and positive cash flows from operations which, in the aggregate, exceeded the cash paid for capital expenditures, dividends and contingent consideration. Shareholders' equity increased from January 31, 2015, primarily as a result of net earnings less dividends paid and the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our capital structure. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Balance Sheet
The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands) and calculations of changes in the information included in our consolidated balance sheets. Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances at January 30, 2016 compared to January 31, 2015.
Current Assets:

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	$ Change	% Change	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6,323	
 	$	5,281	
 	$	1,042	
 	19.7	 %	
Receivables, net	59,065	
 	64,587	
 	(5,522	)	(8.5	)%	
Inventories, net	129,136	
 	120,613	
 	8,523	
 	7.1	 %	
Prepaid expenses	22,272	
 	19,941	
 	2,331	
 	11.7	 %	
Assets related to discontinued operations, net	—	
 	48,123	
 	(48,123	)	(100.0	)%	
Total Current Assets	$	216,796	
 	$	258,545	
 	$	(41,749	)	(16.1	)%	

Cash and cash equivalents as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 include typical cash amounts maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations, which generally ranges from $5 million to $10 million at any given time. Any excess cash generally is used to repay amounts outstanding under our revolving credit agreement. The decrease in receivables, net as of January 30, 2016 was primarily a result of lower wholesale sales in the last two months of Fiscal 2015 as compared to the last two months of Fiscal 2014. Inventories, net as of January 30, 2016 increased from January 31, 2015 primarily as a result of an increase in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer inventories partially offset by lower inventories in Lanier Apparel. We believe that inventory levels in each operating group are appropriate to support anticipated sales levels for the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016. Prepaid expenses increased at January 30, 2016 primarily as a result of the growth in our business and the timing of payment and recognition of the related expenses for certain prepaid items including maintenance and other service contracts, rent, and advertising as well as an increase in prepaid taxes. The decrease in assets related to discontinued operations, net reflects our disposition of the Ben Sherman operations in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015.

51

Non-current Assets:

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	$ Change	% Change	
Property and equipment, net	$	184,094	
 	$	146,039	
 	$	38,055	
 	26.1	 %	
Intangible assets, net	143,738	
 	146,134	
 	(2,396	)	(1.6	)%	
Goodwill	17,223	
 	17,296	
 	(73	)	(0.4	)%	
Other non-current assets, net	20,839	
 	22,646	
 	(1,807	)	(8.0	)%	
Assets related to discontinued operations, net	—	
 	31,747	
 	(31,747	)	(100.0	)%	
Total non-current assets, net	$	365,894	
 	$	363,862	
 	$	2,032	
 	0.6	 %	
The increase in property and equipment, net at January 30, 2016 from January 31, 2015 primarily resulted from current year capital expenditures partially offset by current year depreciation expense. The decrease in intangible assets, net at January 30, 2016 was primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on certain intangible assets. The decrease in other non-current assets, net was primarily due to a decrease in asset balances set aside for potential deferred compensation plan obligations. The decrease in assets related to discontinued operations, net reflects our disposition of the Ben Sherman operations in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015.
Liabilities:

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	$ Change	% Change	
Total Current Liabilities	$	128,899	
 	$	159,942	
 	$	(31,043	)	(19.4	)%	
Long-term debt	43,975	
 	104,842	
 	(60,867	)	(58.1	)%	
Other non-current liabilities	67,188	
 	56,286	
 	10,902	
 	19.4	 %	
Deferred taxes	3,657	
 	5,161	
 	(1,504	)	(29.1	)%	
Liabilities related to discontinued operations	4,571	
 	5,571	
 	(1,000	)	(18.0	)%	
Total liabilities	$	248,290	
 	$	331,802	
 	(83,512	)	(25.2	)%	
Current liabilities as of January 30, 2016 decreased compared to January 31, 2015 reflecting (1) the $12.5 million reduction in contingent consideration, (2) the disposal of the discontinued operations during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015, resulting in a decrease in current liabilities related to discontinued operations from $17.4 million to $2.4 million, including the final working capital settlement which was paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016, (3) a decrease in accounts payable of $4.4 million and (4) a decrease in income taxes payable of $3.8 million. These decreases in current liabilities were partially offset by an increase in accrued compensation of $3.0 million, with the substantial majority of that increase related to Lilly Pulitzer incentive compensation, and an increase in other accrued expenses and liabilities of $1.7 million.

The decrease in long-term debt primarily resulted from the $59.3 million of proceeds received from the sale of Ben Sherman in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. Additionally, positive cash flows from operations approximated, in the aggregate, the cash paid for capital expenditures, dividends and contingent consideration. Other non-current liabilities increased as of January 30, 2016 compared to January 31, 2015 primarily due to increases in deferred rent liabilities, including tenant improvement allowances from landlords.

Deferred taxes decreased from January 31, 2015 primarily reflecting the impact of higher incentive compensation amounts, changes in certain reserves and a change in timing differences associated with inventory were partially offset by a change in timing differences associated with depreciation and amortization. The decrease in liabilities related to discontinued operations reflects our disposition of the Ben Sherman operations in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015, with the remaining liabilities as of January 30, 2016 representing estimated losses on certain retained lease obligations of the Ben Sherman business.
Statement of Cash Flows

52

The following table sets forth the net cash flows, including continuing and discontinued operations, resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Cash provided by operating activities	$	105,373	
 	$	95,409	
 	$	52,734	
 	
Cash used in investing activities	(13,946	)	(50,355	)	(59,130	)	
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(91,466	)	(47,619	)	6,938	
 	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	$	(39	)	$	(2,565	)	$	542	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents on hand were $6.3 million and $5.3 million at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively. Changes in cash flows in Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 related to operating activities, investing activities and financing activities are discussed below.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
Operating Activities:
 
In Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, operating activities provided $105.4 million and $95.4 million of cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities including depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation expense and loss on sale of discontinued operations as well as the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts. In Fiscal 2015 the more significant changes in working capital accounts were a decrease in receivables and an increase in non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in inventories and prepaid expenses each of which decreased cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2014 the more significant changes in working capital were increases in current liabilities and non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in receivables and inventories, each of which decreased cash flow from operations.

Investing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, investing activities used $13.9 million and $50.4 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2015, we used $73.1 million of cash for capital expenditures, which primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores and restaurants; facility enhancements, including the build-out of Tommy Bahama's new office in Seattle and the acquisition of additional distribution center space for Lilly Pulitzer; information technology initiatives, including e-commerce enhancements; and retail store remodeling. The cash used in these investing activities were partially offset by the $59.3 million of proceeds obtained from the sale of our Ben Sherman business in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015. Other investing activities in Fiscal 2015 include the net impact of a $1.1 million investment of cash in an unconsolidated entity, partially offset by the $0.9 million proceeds from the sale of real estate no longer used in our operations. In Fiscal 2014, investing cash flow activities consisted of purchases of property and equipment, which were primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.

We anticipate that capital expenditures in Fiscal 2016 will be lower than capital expenditures in Fiscal 2015 as Fiscal 2015 included certain larger investments including the build-out of Tommy Bahama's new office space in Seattle, the build-out of Tommy Bahama's Waikiki restaurant-retail location and the acquisition of additional distribution center space for Lilly Pulitzer.

Financing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, financing activities used $91.5 million and $47.6 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2015, we decreased debt as the proceeds from the sale of Ben Sherman and cash provided by our operating activities, in the aggregate, exceeded our cash needs for capital expenditures, contingent consideration payments and dividends. In Fiscal 2014, we also decreased debt as cash provided by our operating activities exceeded our cash needs for capital expenditures, dividends and contingent consideration payments. In Fiscal 2015, we paid dividends of $16.6 million and $12.5 million for the final payment for contingent consideration arrangement related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, while in Fiscal 2014 we paid dividends of $13.9 million and contingent consideration of $2.5 million.

We anticipate that cash flow provided by or used in financing activities in the future will be dependent upon whether our cash flow from operating activities exceeds our capital expenditures, dividend payments and any other investing or financing activities. Generally, we anticipate that excess cash, if any, will be used to repay debt on our revolving credit agreements.

53

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Operating Activities:
 
In Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, operating activities provided $95.4 million and $52.7 million of cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities including depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation expense and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts. The higher cash flow from operating activities in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to more favorable changes in working capital and Fiscal 2013 including a significant excess tax benefit related to equity-based compensation. In Fiscal 2014, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in current liabilities and non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in current liabilities and other non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations.

Investing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, investing activities used $50.4 million and $59.1 million of cash, respectively. Of these cash flows used in investing activities, $50.4 million and $43.4 million in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, were for the capital expenditures in each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.The remaining cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee.
 
Financing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, financing activities used $47.6 million and provided $6.9 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we decreased debt as a result of our cash flow from operating activities exceeding our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities. In Fiscal 2013, we increased debt by $25.0 million based on cash needs for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations.

The repurchase of common stock in Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. We paid dividends of $13.9 million and $11.9 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we also paid $2.5 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2013 contingent consideration payment related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We had $44.0 million and $104.8 million of borrowings outstanding as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, under our $235 million U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement"). The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 2.6% as of January 30, 2016), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization, (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018) and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to its terms, to our line of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facility is also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit when issued. As of January 30, 2016, $5.1 million of letters of credit were outstanding against our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of January 30, 2016, we had $185.9 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to the certain limitations on borrowings.
Covenants and Other Restrictions:

54

Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, our credit facility is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.
Additionally, our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreement. During Fiscal 2015 and as of January 30, 2016, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of January 30, 2016, we were compliant with all covenants related to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Other Liquidity Items:
We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital and other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, interest payments on our debt and dividends, if any, primarily from positive cash flow from operations supplemented by borrowings under our line of credit. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. We anticipate that at the maturity of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement or as otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facility and/or obtain other financing on terms available in the market at that time. The terms of any future financing arrangements may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreement or current market terms.
We have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960. However, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions and/or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of our credit facility above.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of January 30, 2016, by future period (in thousands):

 	Payments Due by Period	
 	Less Than
1 year	1-3 Years	3-5 Years	More Than
5 Years	Total	
Contractual Obligations:	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement (1)	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	
Operating leases (2)	64,035	
 	117,954	
 	101,836	
 	193,291	
 	477,116	
 	
Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements	6,004	
 	4,784	
 	—	
 	—	
 	10,788	
 	
Letters of credit	$	5,091	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	5,091	
 	
Other (3)(4)(5)	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	
Total	$	75,130	
 	$	122,738	
 	$	101,836	
 	$	193,291	
 	$	492,995	
 	
_______________________________________________________________________________

55

 	 	
(1)	Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. During Fiscal 2015, we paid $2.3 million of interest.	

(2)	Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are, in some cases, not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2015 totaled $22.1 million.	

(3)	Amounts totaling $10.6 million of deferred compensation obligations, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual, respectively.	

(4)	An environmental reserve liability of $1.2 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of January 30, 2016 and the timing of payment, if any, is uncertain.	

(5)	Non-current deferred taxes, which is the net amount of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, of $3.7 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the amounts are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax amounts by period could be misleading.	
Our anticipated capital expenditures for Fiscal 2016, which are excluded from the table above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of January 30, 2016, are expected to be approximately $55 million. These expenditures are expected to consist primarily of costs associated with opening and relocating retail stores and restaurants, information technology initiatives, including e-commerce capabilities, and remodeling retail stores and restaurants.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC's definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these financial statements requires the selection and application of accounting policies. Further, the application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible that other professionals, applying reasonable judgment to the same set of facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of operations could be misstated.
The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant estimates, assumptions and judgments we use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

56

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, as well as wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
An area of judgment affecting reported revenues and net earnings involves estimating sales reserves, which represent a portion of revenues not expected to be realized. In our direct to consumer operations, revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, while our wholesale revenue is reduced by estimates for discounts, allowances, advertising support, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. The significant assumptions related to our direct to consumer and wholesale revenues are discussed below.
In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of January 30, 2016, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $8.4 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $0.8 million on earnings in Fiscal 2015. The substantial majority of these reserves relate to our Lanier Apparel business as of January 30, 2016.
As direct to consumer products may be returned after the date of original purchase by the consumer, we must make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of January 30, 2016, our direct to consumer return reserve was $2.6 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer return reserve as of January 30, 2016 would have had a $0.3 million pre-tax impact on earnings in Fiscal 2015.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of January 30, 2016, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.5 million, and therefore, if the allowance for doubtful accounts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $0.1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2015. While the amounts deemed uncollectible have not been significant in recent years if, in the future, amounts due from significant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to January 30, 2016 this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in future periods.
Inventories, net
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons' fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For direct to consumer inventory, we provide an allowance for goods expected to be sold below cost. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last count and each balance sheet date. Historically, our estimates of inventory markdowns and inventory shrinkage have not varied significantly from actual results.
For consolidated financial reporting, $120.9 million, or 94%, of our inventories are valued at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) method cost or market after deducting the $59.4 million LIFO reserve as of January 30, 2016. The remaining $8.3

57

million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 30, 2016. Generally, inventories of domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market and inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index (PPI) as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes.
As of January 30, 2016, we had recorded a reserve of $0.8 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns would have a pre-tax impact of $0.1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2015. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements after consideration of the existence of our significant LIFO reserve of $59.4 million, or 31% of the FIFO cost of the inventory, as of January 30, 2016, as well as the high gross margins historically achieved for the sale of our lifestyle branded products. A change in inventory levels, or the mix by inventory category, at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balances as of January 30, 2016 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the PPI as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of January 30, 2016 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.
Given the significant amount of uncertainties surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each inventory category and the year-end PPI, we typically do not adjust our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. This policy may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the PPI and markdown reserves. We do recognize on a quarterly basis during each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year changes in markdown reserves as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterly basis.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, amounts are recognized as additional cost of goods sold in the periods subsequent to the acquisition as the acquired inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and the use of different assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016 totaled $143.7 million, which includes $5.5 million of intangible assets with finite lives, including reacquired license rights and customer relationships, and $138.2 million of trademarks with indefinite lives. At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuation of intangible assets requires significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, including planned use of the intangible assets as well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets listed above. Such estimates involve significant

58

uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 15 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control, including customer attrition. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $1.9 million during Fiscal 2015 and is anticipated to be approximately $1.7 million in Fiscal 2016.
In Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, no impairment charges related to intangible assets were recognized. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our intangible assets for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Substantially all of the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2016 relates to Lilly Pulitzer.
We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when impairment indicators exist. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to consider if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
No impairment of goodwill was recognized during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our goodwill for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.
Income Taxes
Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. Further, we consider whether the investment and earnings of foreign subsidiaries, if any, are permanently reinvested and the impact that such assertion has on our income tax liability recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation

59

allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances, which total $4.6 million as of January 30, 2016, are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce income tax expense. Such amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations in the future if assumptions related to valuation allowances changed significantly. Additionally, the timing of recognition of a valuation allowance or any reversal of a valuation allowance requires a significant amount of judgment to assess all the positive and negative evidence, particularly when operating results in the respective jurisdiction have changed or are expected to change from losses to income or from income to losses. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.
Recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions occur when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) to be sustained upon examination. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement.
As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, our income tax provision involves many uncertainties due to not only the timing differences of income for financial statement reporting and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation and management judgment. The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book to tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the ability to realize uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances, a reduction in valuation allowances or other considerations, transfer pricing practices, the impact of our tax planning strategies and the jurisdictions or significance of earnings in future periods each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes including changes in tax laws or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. An increase in our consolidated income tax rate from 38.4% to 39.4% during Fiscal 2015 would have reduced net earnings by $0.9 million.
Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences as of the balance sheet date, subject to certain limitations associated with separate foreign jurisdiction losses in interim periods. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from the amounts on which our interim calculations were based. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the ability to realize an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs. As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and realization of a future benefit for the losses is uncertain, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a significant impact on our expected annual tax rate. The recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the full year.
See note 8 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.
Fair Value Measurements
For many assets and liabilities the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions and may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. We utilize certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, as well as in other circumstances, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date, including the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations and any lease loss obligations incurred, and assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment.
We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of the acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired

60

requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.
For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions, or the timing of changes in these assumptions, that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.
In connection with recent acquisitions, we have a history of entering into contingent consideration arrangements to compensate the sellers if certain targets are achieved. For a contingent consideration arrangement, if any, as of the date of acquisition we must determine the fair value of the contingent consideration which would estimate the discounted fair value of any expected payments. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, each requiring a significant amount of judgment. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we are required to periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing any valuation assumptions as of the balance sheet date. Generally, absent any significant changes in assumptions related to the valuation or the probability of payment of the contingent consideration, the fair value of a contingent consideration liability would be expected to increase each period resulting from the passage of time at the applicable discount rate as the payment dates of the contingent consideration approaches.
Given the inherent subjectivity of assumptions related to a determination of the fair value of a contingent consideration liability, it is possible that other parties may make different assumptions that impact the contingent consideration valuation or that the timing of such assumptions could be very different. The use of different assumptions or a change in the timing of determining a change in assumptions used in such an assessment could result in a materially different amount recognized in a particular period as the change in fair value of contingent consideration recognized in consolidated financial statements.
From time to time, we may recognize certain obligations related to certain leased space associated with exiting retail or office space. In these cases, we must determine the net loss related to the space if the anticipated cash outflows for the space exceed the estimated cash inflows related to the space. While estimated cash outflows are generally known since there is an underlying lease, the estimated cash inflows for rent and other costs are often very subjective if there is not an in-place sub-lease agreement at that time since those amounts are dependent upon many factors including, but not limited to, whether a sub-lease tenant will be obtained, the time required to obtain the tenant as well as the rent payments and any tenant allowances agreed with the tenant as part of the future lease negotiations. Thus, the assumptions made by another party related to such leases could be different than the assumptions made by us. As of January 30, 2016, we have two amounts in non-current liabilities related to discontinued operations totaling $4.6 million related to retained leases associated with our former Ben Sherman operations. As we do not currently have a sub-lease tenant identified for one of the spaces, our estimate of the liability related to the lease could change significantly as we obtain better information in the future.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that are expected to possibly have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SEASONALITY
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the seasonality impact on individual operating groups and for our total company, see Part I, Item 1, Business, included in this report.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. We may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings

61

and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Further at times, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate on that debt if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.
As of January 30, 2016, all of our $44.0 million of debt outstanding was subject to variable interest rates. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement accrues interest based on variable interest rates while providing the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit. During Fiscal 2015, our interest expense was $2.5 million. Based on the average amount of variable-rate debt outstanding in Fiscal 2015, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not have increased interest expense by a material amount in Fiscal 2015. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credit increase or decrease, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change.
Foreign Currency Risk
To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. As of January 30, 2016, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from transactions of our businesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to (1) our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.
Less than 5% of our net sales in Fiscal 2015 were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar, while substantially all of our inventory purchases, including goods for operations in the Asia-Pacific region, from contract manufacturers throughout the world are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a United States dollar arrangement. Additionally, to the extent that the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the Canadian dollar, Australian dollar or Japanese Yen) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted significantly, particularly if we are not able to increase sales prices to our customers.
As of January 30, 2016, we were not a party to any foreign currency forward exchange contracts; however, from time to time we entered into short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates related to our former Ben Sherman business. Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of cash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contract for these operations. However, we anticipate that our exposure to foreign currency changes in Tommy Bahama could increase, and it may be appropriate in the future to enter into hedging arrangements for these operations. We anticipate that in the future we may have exposure to foreign currency changes for currencies to which we currently do not have any exposure. The extent of our exposure will be dependent upon the timing of when and to what magnitude we expand in international markets. At this time, we do not anticipate that the impact of foreign currency changes on Tommy Bahama's international operations would have a material impact on Tommy Bahama's operating income or our consolidated net earnings in Fiscal 2016 given the proportion of Tommy Bahama's operations in international markets.
In addition to foreign currency risks related to specific transactions listed above, we also have foreign currency exposure risk associated with translating the financial statements of our foreign operations with a functional currency other than the United States dollar into United States dollars for financial reporting purposes. A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods although the sales and earnings in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Alternatively, if foreign operations have operating losses, then a strengthening United States dollar could result in lower losses although the losses in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported.
We view our foreign investments as long-term and we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.
Commodity and Inflation Risk

62

We are affected by inflation and changing prices through the purchase of full-package finished goods from contract manufacturers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components, and increased operating costs. To manage risks of commodity price changes we negotiate our full-package product prices in advance and increase selling prices of our products when possible. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group through, when possible, negotiating product prices in advance, selective price increases, productivity improvements and cost containment initiatives. We have not historically entered into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts or engaged in hedging activities with respect to our commodity risk.

63

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in thousands, except par amounts)

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
ASSETS	 	 	
Current Assets	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6,323	
 	$	5,281	
 	
Receivables, net	59,065	
 	64,587	
 	
Inventories, net	129,136	
 	120,613	
 	
Prepaid expenses	22,272	
 	19,941	
 	
Assets related to discontinued operations, net	—	
 	48,123	
 	
Total Current Assets	$	216,796	
 	$	258,545	
 	
Property and equipment, net	184,094	
 	146,039	
 	
Intangible assets, net	143,738	
 	146,134	
 	
Goodwill	17,223	
 	17,296	
 	
Other non-current assets, net	20,839	
 	22,646	
 	
Assets related to discontinued operations, net	—	
 	31,747	
 	
Total Assets	$	582,690	
 	$	622,407	
 	
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	 	 	
Current Liabilities	 	 	
Accounts payable	$	68,306	
 	$	72,785	
 	
Accrued compensation	30,063	
 	27,075	
 	
Income tax payable	1,470	
 	5,282	
 	
Other accrued expenses and liabilities	26,666	
 	24,921	
 	
Contingent consideration	—	
 	12,500	
 	
Liabilities related to discontinued operations	2,394	
 	17,379	
 	
Total Current Liabilities	$	128,899	
 	$	159,942	
 	
Long-term debt	43,975	
 	104,842	
 	
Other non-current liabilities	67,188	
 	56,286	
 	
Deferred taxes	3,657	
 	5,161	
 	
Liabilities related to discontinued operations	4,571	
 	5,571	
 	
Commitments and contingencies	

Shareholders' Equity	 	 	
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share	16,601	
 	16,478	
 	
Additional paid-in capital	125,477	
 	119,052	
 	
Retained earnings	199,151	
 	185,229	
 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(6,829	)	(30,154	)	
Total Shareholders' Equity	$	334,400	
 	$	290,605	
 	
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$	582,690	
 	$	622,407	
 	
   See accompanying notes.

64

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal  
 2015	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	
Net sales	$	969,290	
 	$	920,325	
 	$	849,879	
 	
Cost of goods sold	411,185	
 	402,376	
 	368,399	
 	
Gross profit	$	558,105	
 	$	517,949	
 	$	481,480	
 	
SG&A	475,031	
 	439,069	
 	399,104	
 	
Royalties and other operating income	14,440	
 	13,939	
 	13,936	
 	
Operating income	$	97,514	
 	$	92,819	
 	$	96,312	
 	
Interest expense, net	2,458	
 	3,236	
 	3,940	
 	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes	$	95,056	
 	$	89,583	
 	$	92,372	
 	
Income taxes	36,519	
 	35,786	
 	36,944	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	58,537	
 	$	53,797	
 	$	55,428	
 	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes	(27,975	)	(8,039	)	(10,137	)	
Net earnings	$	30,562	
 	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	

Net earnings from continuing operations per share:	 	 	 	
Basic	3.56	
 	3.27	
 	3.37	
 	
Diluted	3.54	
 	3.27	
 	3.36	
 	
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:	 	 	 	
Basic	(1.70	)	(0.49	)	(0.62	)	
Diluted	(1.69	)	(0.49	)	(0.62	)	
Net earnings per share:	 	 	 	
Basic	1.86	
 	2.79	
 	2.75	
 	
Diluted	1.85	
 	2.78	
 	2.75	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	
Basic	16,456	
 	16,429	
 	16,450	
 	
Diluted	16,559	
 	16,471	
 	16,482	
 	
Dividends declared per share	$	1.00	
 	$	0.84	
 	$	0.72	
 	
   See accompanying notes.

65

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in thousands)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal  
 2015	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	
Net earnings	$	30,562	
 	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	24,071	
 	(7,617	)	703	
 	
Net (loss) gain on cash flow hedges	(746	)	1,081	
 	264	
 	
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes	$	23,325	
 	$	(6,536	)	$	967	
 	
Comprehensive income	$	53,887	
 	$	39,222	
 	$	46,258	
 	
   See accompanying notes.

66

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
($ in thousands)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common
Stock	Additional
Paid-In
Capital	Retained
Earnings	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)	Total	
February 2, 2013	$	16,595	
 	$	104,891	
 	$	132,944	
 	$	(24,585	)	$	229,845	
 	
Net earnings and other comprehensive income	—	
 	—	
 	45,291	
 	967	
 	46,258	
 	
Shares issued under equity plans, including excess tax benefits of $6.1 million	44	
 	7,471	
 	—	
 	—	
 	7,515	
 	
Compensation expense for equity awards	—	
 	1,659	
 	—	
 	—	
 	1,659	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	(223	)	—	
 	(12,976	)	—	
 	(13,199	)	
Cash dividends declared and paid	—	
 	—	
 	(11,915	)	—	
 	(11,915	)	
February 1, 2014	$	16,416	
 	$	114,021	
 	$	153,344	
 	$	(23,618	)	$	260,163	
 	
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss	—	
 	—	
 	45,758	
 	(6,536	)	39,222	
 	
Shares issued under equity plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.1 million	62	
 	928	
 	—	
 	—	
 	990	
 	
Compensation expense for equity awards	—	
 	4,103	
 	—	
 	—	
 	4,103	
 	
Cash dividends declared and paid	—	
 	—	
 	(13,873	)	—	
 	(13,873	)	
January 31, 2015	$	16,478	
 	$	119,052	
 	$	185,229	
 	$	(30,154	)	$	290,605	
 	
Net earnings and other comprehensive income	—	
 	—	
 	30,562	
 	23,325	
 	53,887	
 	
Shares issued under equity plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.1 million	123	
 	1,184	
 	—	
 	—	
 	1,307	
 	
Compensation expense for equity awards	—	
 	5,241	
 	—	
 	—	
 	5,241	
 	
Cash dividends declared and paid	—	
 	—	
 	(16,640	)	—	
 	(16,640	)	
January 30, 2016	$	16,601	
 	$	125,477	
 	$	199,151	
 	$	(6,829	)	$	334,400	
 	
   See accompanying notes.

67

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in thousands)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:	 	 	 	
Net earnings	$	30,562	
 	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	
Depreciation	34,476	
 	35,165	
 	31,677	
 	
Amortization of intangible assets	1,951	
 	2,481	
 	2,225	
 	
Equity compensation expense	5,241	
 	4,103	
 	1,659	
 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	—	
 	275	
 	275	
 	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	385	
 	385	
 	443	
 	
Loss on sale of discontinued operations	20,517	
 	—	
 	—	
 	
Gain on sale of property and equipment	(853	)	—	
 	(1,611	)	
Deferred income taxes	(361	)	(3,217	)	674	
 	
Excess tax benefits related to equity-based compensation	—	
 	—	
 	(6,086	)	
Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions, if any:	 	 	 	
Receivables, net	11,371	
 	(5,672	)	(11,917	)	
Inventories, net	(8,058	)	(7,101	)	(29,488	)	
Prepaid expenses	(2,641	)	(1,646	)	(3,068	)	
Current liabilities	(553	)	18,314	
 	16,821	
 	
Other non-current assets, net	1,819	
 	37	
 	(1,031	)	
Other non-current liabilities	11,517	
 	6,527	
 	6,870	
 	
Cash provided by operating activities	$	105,373	
 	$	95,409	
 	$	52,734	
 	
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:	 	 	 	
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	—	
 	—	
 	(17,888	)	
Purchases of property and equipment	(73,082	)	(50,355	)	(43,372	)	
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations	59,336	
 	—	
 	—	
 	
Other investing activities	(200	)	—	
 	2,130	
 	
Cash used in investing activities	$	(13,946	)	$	(50,355	)	$	(59,130	)	
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:	 	 	 	
Repayment of revolving credit arrangements	(345,485	)	(352,784	)	(329,695	)	
Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements	281,852	
 	320,548	
 	354,649	
 	
Deferred financing costs paid	—	
 	—	
 	(401	)	
Payment of contingent consideration amounts earned	(12,500	)	(2,500	)	—	
 	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including excess tax benefits	1,307	
 	990	
 	7,499	
 	
Repurchase of stock awards for employee tax withholding liabilities	—	
 	—	
 	(13,199	)	
Cash dividends declared and paid	(16,640	)	(13,873	)	(11,915	)	
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities	$	(91,466	)	$	(47,619	)	$	6,938	
 	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	$	(39	)	$	(2,565	)	$	542	
 	
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents	1,081	
 	(637	)	424	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year	5,281	
 	8,483	
 	7,517	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year	$	6,323	
 	$	5,281	
 	$	8,483	
 	
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:	 	 	 	
Cash paid for interest, net	$	2,301	
 	$	3,297	
 	$	3,826	
 	
Cash paid for income taxes	$	35,369	
 	$	41,806	
 	$	18,158	
 	
   See accompanying notes.

68

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
January 30, 2016 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principal Business Activity
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our owned Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. We distribute our owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. Additionally, we operate Tommy Bahama restaurants, generally adjacent to selected Tommy Bahama retail stores. Our branded and private label apparel products of Lanier Apparel are distributed through department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, specialty stores, specialty catalogs and Internet retailers. Originally founded in 1942, we have underwent a transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing branded apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us.
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our consolidated financial statements reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group, as discussed in Note 12. All amounts included in our prior year consolidated balances sheets, consolidated statements of operations and footnotes have been restated to classify amounts associated with our discontinued operations to conform to the current year presentation.
Fiscal Year
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2016 reflect the 52 weeks ended February 1, 2014; 52 weeks ended January 31, 2015; 52 weeks ended January 30, 2016; and 52 weeks ending January 28, 2017, respectively.
Principles of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or variable interest entities for which we are the primary beneficiary, if any. Generally, we consolidate businesses that we control through ownership of a majority voting interest. However, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of the investors which might indicate which investor is the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of operations from the respective dates of the acquisitions.
We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control via voting rights and were determined to not be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. Our investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, while the income or loss related to our investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations.
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Business Combinations
We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. The purchase price allocation may be revised during an allocation period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Should information become available after the allocation

69

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statements of operations. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.
During Fiscal 2013, we acquired for $17.9 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. For the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, allocation of the purchase price to significant assets acquired based on their respective fair values was as follows: reacquired license rights of $11.0 million, inventory of $4.4 million and fixed assets of $1.7 million.
Transaction costs related to business combinations, which are not included in the purchase price amount paid to the seller disclosed above, are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, and wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recognized at the time of sale to consumers, which is at the time of purchase for retail, restaurant and concession transactions and the time of shipment for e-commerce sales. Each of these types of transactions requires payment at the time of the transaction, which is typically made via a credit card and collected by us upon settlement of the credit card transaction within a few days. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of operations.
For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped. For certain transactions in which the goods do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at that time.
In the normal course of business, in addition to extension of typical credit terms, we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, reserve balances related to these items were $8.4 million and $8.3 million, respectively.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. We include such charges and write-offs in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations and a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, bad debt reserve balances were $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us are recorded as a liability until they are redeemed, at which point revenue is recognized. We recognize breakage income for gift cards and merchandise credits, subject to applicable laws in certain states, using the redemption recognition method or in some cases when we determine that the likelihood of the gift cards and merchandise credits being redeemed is remote. Deferred revenue for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise

70

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $8.5 million and $7.2 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively. Gift card breakage, which was not material in any period presented, is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations.
Royalties from the license of our owned brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee's actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees. In some cases, we may receive initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of the license agreement. Royalty income was $14.2 million, $13.7 million and $11.7 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, and is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations.
Cost of Goods Sold
We include in cost of goods sold all sourcing and procurement costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well as freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores, wholesale customers and e-commerce consumers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers' fees, consolidators' fees and depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement operations. Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
SG&A
We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and all costs associated with the operations of our retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurants and concessions, such as labor, occupancy costs, store and restaurant pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses) and other fees. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.
Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, included in SG&A totaled $21.6 million, $19.8 million and $17.7 million, respectively. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees in net sales, and classify costs related to direct to consumer customers in cost of goods sold and costs related to wholesale customers in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.
All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed during the period when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers' advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific ads run for products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are generally recognized as SG&A. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in SG&A for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 were $34.5 million, $32.2 million and $29.0 million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 were $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
Royalties related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brand or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on net sales of the branded products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 were $4.6 million, $5.3 million and $5.0 million, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents

71

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
During Fiscal 2015, the remaining $12.5 million of contingent consideration payable associated with the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration agreement was paid. During Fiscal 2014, $2.5 million of contingent consideration was paid with no payment in Fiscal 2013. Amounts paid pursuant to this contingent consideration arrangement are reflected in payment of contingent consideration earned in our consolidated statements of cash flows and discussed in more detail below.
Inventories, net
Substantially all of our inventories are finished goods inventories of apparel, footwear, accessories and related products. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior-seasons' fashion products, broken assortments, and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last inventory count and each balance sheet date.
For consolidated financial reporting, as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, $120.9 million, or 94%, and $114.4 million, or 95%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO reserve. The remaining $8.3 million and $6.2 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively. Generally, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 2.
There were no material LIFO inventory liquidations in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, the LIFO reserves included in our consolidated balance sheets were $59.4 million and $58.6 million, respectively.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories.
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and any assets under capital leases, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to our consolidated statements of operations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

72

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 	 	 	
Leasehold improvements	 	Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term	
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology	 	2 – 15 years	
Buildings and improvements	 	7 – 40 years	
Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an asset and other factors. This review includes the evaluation of any under-performing stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the store. We calculate the fair value of long-lived assets using the age-life method. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, with the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of operations being depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement processes, which is included in cost of goods sold. No material impairment of fixed assets was recognized in any period presented. Depreciation by operating group in Note 2 and in our consolidated statements of cash flows includes any fixed asset impairment charges.
Intangible Assets, net
At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.
Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademark, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was recognized during any period presented.
We recognize amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 15 years in some cases. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization considers the remaining contractual period of the reacquired right, as applicable, our plans for the intangible assets

73

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition. Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from the intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.
Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets are generally expensed as incurred.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.
We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when impairment indicators exist. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables, which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during any period presented. As of January 30, 2016, all the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet is deductible for tax purposes.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net
Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including rent, advertising, samples, taxes, maintenance contracts, insurance, retail supplies, advertising and royalties. Other non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan as discussed below, assets related to certain investments in officers' life insurance policies, security deposits, investments in unconsolidated entities and deferred financing costs related to our revolving credit agreement.
Officers' life insurance policies that are owned by us, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, the officers' life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $4.9 million and $5.1 million, respectively.
Deferred financing costs for our revolving credit agreements are included in other non-current assets, net, while deferred financing costs for any debt other than revolving credit agreements, if any, are included as a reduction to the respective debt amount in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations, was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Unamortized deferred financing costs included in other non-current assets, net totaled $1.1 million and $1.5 million at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.

74

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Deferred Compensation
We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees and our non-employee directors. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the participant resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.
The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities, which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 was $9.6 million and $12.0 million, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $10.6 million and $11.3 million at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.
Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Liabilities
Liabilities for accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and liabilities are carried at cost, which reflects the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and workers' compensation, which are included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.
We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate to disputes about intellectual property, real estate and contracts, as well as labor, employment, environmental and tax matters. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome or amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. We believe the outcome of outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.
Contingent Consideration
In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. Pursuant to the guidance related to the purchase method of accounting, we must recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Absent any other changes to assumptions included in our valuation of the contingent consideration, we expect as time passes that the fair value of the contingent consideration would increase due to the passage of time as we approach the payment dates. Additionally, a change in assumptions related to the contingent consideration could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.
As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we would be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. As a result of Lilly Pulitzer exceeding the earnings targets specified in the contingent consideration agreement, the maximum $20 million amount

75

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

was earned in full. A summary of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability, including current and non-current amounts, is as follows (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2015	
 	Fiscal 2014	
 	Fiscal 2013	
 	
Balance at beginning of year	$	12,500	
 	$	14,725	
 	$	14,450	
 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	—	
 	275	
 	275	
 	
Contingent consideration payments made to sellers during the year	(12,500	)	(2,500	)	—	
 	
Balance at end of year	$	—	
 	$	12,500	
 	$	14,725	
 	
Other Non-current Liabilities
Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related to our operating lease agreements as discussed below and deferred compensation as discussed above.
Leases
In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, restaurant, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in property and equipment and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays and/or landlord build-out-related allowances, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and does not assume that any termination options included in the lease will be exercised. The amount by which rents payable under the lease differs from the amount recognized on a straight-line basis is recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 was $54.6 million and $42.7 million, respectively. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.
If we vacate leased space and determine that we do not plan to use the space in the future, we recognize a loss for any future rent payments, less any anticipated future sublease income and adjusted for any deferred rent amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet on that date. Additionally, for any lease that we terminate and agree to a lease termination payment, we recognize in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations a loss for the lease termination payment at the time of the agreement.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we generate net sales or incur expenses in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective operations. We have determined that the functional currency for substantially all of our operations is the respective local currency. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the respective functional currency are re-measured into the respective functional currency at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are re-measured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such re-measurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in that period. Net gains (losses) related to foreign currency transactions recognized in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 were not material to our consolidated financial statements.
Additionally, the financial statements of our operations for which the functional currency is a currency other than the United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of operations. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the relevant period.

76

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments, if any, are measured at their fair values in our consolidated balance sheets. Fair values of any derivative financial instruments are determined by us based on dealer quotes, which may be based on a variety of factors including observable and unobservable inputs. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized as prepaid expenses or accrued expenses, respectively. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. The criteria used to determine if a derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting treatment are whether an appropriate hedging instrument has been identified and designated to reduce a specific exposure and whether there is a high correlation between changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the identified exposure based on the nature of the hedging relationship. Based on the nature of the hedging relationship, a qualifying derivative is designated for accounting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign business.
We may formally document hedging instruments and hedging relationships at the inception of each contract. Further, we assess both at the inception of a contract and on an ongoing basis whether the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting the risk of the hedged transaction. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For any financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings. Cash flows related to hedging transactions are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of operations in the same category as the items being hedged. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Foreign Currency Risk Management
As of January 30, 2016, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which are primarily related to (1) our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currencies of the businesses and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. We may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than the functional currencies by certain of our foreign operations. Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of cash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for these international operations. As of January 30, 2016, we were not a party to any forward foreign currency exchange contracts; however, prior to our disposal of Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2015, we were a party to certain forward foreign currency exchange contracts.
Interest Rate Risk Management
As of January 30, 2016, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. We may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate. At times we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.
In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we swapped the interest rate on certain of our variable-rate borrowings ranging from $25 million to $45 million during the period from August 2013 until March 2015 for a fixed-rate interest charge equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. As of January 30, 2016, we do not have any interest rate swap agreements.

77

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value Measurements
Fair value, in accordance with GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost). These valuation techniques may be based upon observable and unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows:
 	 	
•	Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.	

•	Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.	

•	Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.	
Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, fair value of contingent consideration and debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate their fair values. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings approximate fair value. In the event we had any foreign currency forward contracts or interest rate swaps outstanding we anticipate that such fair value amounts would require Level 2 inputs, while the valuation of contingent consideration requires Level 3 inputs. Additionally, we have determined that our property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, for which the book values are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4, are non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values for each of these assets generally are based on Level 3 inputs.
Equity Compensation
We have certain equity compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide for the ability to grant restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize equity awards to employees and non-employee directors in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations based on their fair values on the grant date. The fair values of restricted shares and restricted share units are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based.
Using the fair value method, compensation expense, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the equity awards over the specified service and performance period, as applicable. For awards with specified service requirements, the fair value of the equity awards granted to employees is recognized over the respective service period. For performance-based awards, during the performance period we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and adjust the cumulative equity compensation expense to reflect the relative expected performance achievement. The equity compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period and any additional required service period.
Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and the net unrealized gain (loss) associated with cash flow hedges which qualify for hedge accounting, if any. These amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon settlement of

78

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the agreement, amounts related to foreign currency contracts are recognized as a part of the cost of inventory being hedged in our consolidated balance sheets and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold.
Dividends
Dividends are accrued at the time declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk as a result of our accounts receivable balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to customers operating in a number of retail distribution channels in the United States and other countries. In our wholesale channel of distribution we often extend credit terms to our customers that satisfy defined credit criteria. We continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. No individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. As of January 30, 2016, one customer represented 14% and another customer represented 13% of our receivables included in our consolidated balance sheet.
Income Taxes
Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of their net recorded amount, we will reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.
We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the relevant taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. Alternatively, de-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax

79

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

expense in our consolidated statements of operations. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 and during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, we did not have any material unrecognized tax benefit amounts, including any related potential penalty or interest expense, or material changes in such amounts.
In the case of foreign subsidiaries there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. Further, deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider substantially all of our investments in and undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of January 30, 2016 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these amounts in our consolidated financial statements.
We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the vesting of shares granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference, multiplied by the appropriate tax rate, between (1) the fair value of the share at the time of vesting of a restricted share award and (2) the amount required to be paid by the employee, if any. We record the tax benefit associated with the vesting of share awards granted to employees as a reduction to income taxes payable. To the extent the tax benefit relates to the value of awards recognized as compensation expense in our financial statements, income tax expense is reduced. Any additional tax benefit is recorded directly to shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. If a tax benefit is realized on compensation of an amount less than the amount recorded for financial statement purposes, the decrease in benefit is also recorded directly to shareholders' equity.
We file income tax returns in the United States and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended on or before January 28, 2012, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations and net earnings per share are calculated by dividing the respective earnings amount by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Shares repurchased are removed from the weighted average number of shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.
Diluted net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations and net earnings per share are calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculations also includes the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including restricted share awards, options or other dilutive awards, were converted to shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any restricted share awards, options or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if any, which will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming the conversion of the share-based awards.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 2015
In February 2015, the FASB issued revised guidance which changes the guidance for evaluating whether to consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the amendments modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities. This guidance was adopted by us in Fiscal 2015 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015 and August 2015, the FASB issued guidance which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability consistent with the presentation of debt discounts, however debt issuance costs related to revolving credit agreements may be presented in

80

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the balance sheet as an asset. This guidance was adopted by us in Fiscal 2015 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as there were no changes to the classification of our deferred financing costs in our consolidated balance sheets.
In November 2015, the FASB issued guidance related to the presentation of deferred income taxes. The guidance requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current in a consolidated balance sheet. This guidance was adopted by us in Fiscal 2015 and resulted in a change in classification of $24 million of deferred tax amounts in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 from current deferred tax assets to non-current deferred tax liabilities, as amounts in our prior year consolidated balance were adjusted to conform to the presentation in the current period. The adoption did not have any impact on our financial position or net earnings.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years
In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance which provides a single, comprehensive accounting model for revenue arising from contracts with customers. This guidance supersedes most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. Under this model, revenue is recognized at an amount that a company expects to be entitled to upon transferring control of goods or services to a customer, as opposed to when risks and rewards transfer to a customer. The new guidance also requires additional disclosures about the nature, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flow arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. Considering the one-year delay in the required adoption date for the guidance as issued in July 2015, the new guidance is effective for us beginning in our 2018 fiscal year, and may be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented or through a cumulative adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance in the year of adoption. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the new guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard on leasing. The new standard will require companies to record most leased assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and also proposes a dual model for recognizing expense. This guidance will be effective in the first quarter of 2019 with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact that adopting this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 2. Operating Groups
Our business is primarily operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable.
Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and also license their trademarks for other product categories, while Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men's tailored clothing, golf apparel and other products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups.
In Fiscal 2015 as a result of certain organizational and management reporting changes, our Oxford Golf operations, which were previously included in Corporate and Other, are considered part of and included in our Lanier Apparel operating group. For all periods presented, Lanier Apparel includes the Oxford Golf operations, while amounts for Corporate and Other exclude the Oxford Golf operations as Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 amounts were restated to conform to presentation in the current period. The tables below present certain financial information (in thousands) about our operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other. Amounts for net sales, depreciation and amortization, purchases of property and equipment and operating income associated with our Ben Sherman operations, which were sold in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2015, are classified as

81

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

discontinued operations in Note 12 and therefore excluded from the tables below.

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net sales	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	658,467	
 	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	204,626	
 	167,736	
 	137,943	
 	
Lanier Apparel	105,106	
 	126,430	
 	127,421	
 	
Corporate and Other	1,091	
 	(1,339	)	(426	)	
Total	$	969,290	
 	$	920,325	
 	$	849,879	
 	
Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	28,103	
 	$	27,412	
 	$	24,806	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	5,644	
 	4,616	
 	3,215	
 	
Lanier Apparel	456	
 	350	
 	347	
 	
Corporate and Other	1,557	
 	2,186	
 	2,380	
 	
Total	$	35,760	
 	$	34,564	
 	$	30,748	
 	
Operating Income (Loss)	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	65,993	
 	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	42,525	
 	32,190	
 	25,951	
 	
Lanier Apparel	7,700	
 	10,043	
 	11,900	
 	
Corporate and Other	(18,704	)	(20,546	)	(13,746	)	
Total operating income	97,514	
 	92,819	
 	96,312	
 	
Interest expense, net	2,458	
 	3,236	
 	3,940	
 	
Earnings Before Income Taxes	$	95,056	
 	$	89,583	
 	$	92,372	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Purchases of Property and Equipment	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	54,490	
 	$	35,782	
 	$	30,810	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	17,197	
 	7,335	
 	10,343	
 	
Lanier Apparel	206	
 	1,740	
 	30	
 	
Corporate and Other	529	
 	1,208	
 	1,052	
 	
Total	$	72,422	
 	$	46,065	
 	$	42,235	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
Total Assets	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	458,234	
 	$	420,083	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	115,419	
 	104,352	
 	
Lanier Apparel	35,451	
 	41,455	
 	
Corporate and Other	(26,414	)	(23,353	)	
Assets related to discontinued operations	—	
 	79,870	
 	
Total	$	582,690	
 	$	622,407	
 	
Net book value of our property and equipment, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

82

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
United States	$	178,390	
 	$	141,759	
 	
Other foreign (1)	5,704	
 	4,280	
 	
Total	$	184,094	
 	$	146,039	
 	
(1) The net book value of our property and equipment outside of the United States primarily relates to property and equipment associated with our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Australia and Japan.
Net sales recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
United States	$	932,878	
 	$	885,271	
 	$	825,440	
 	
Other foreign (1)	36,412	
 	35,054	
 	24,439	
 	
Total	$	969,290	
 	$	920,325	
 	$	849,879	
 	
(1) The net sales outside of the United States primarily relates to our Tommy Bahama international retail operations in Canada, Australia and Japan.
Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, carried at cost, is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
Land	$	3,166	
 	$	1,594	
 	
Buildings and improvements	31,461	
 	27,129	
 	
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology	167,230	
 	149,452	
 	
Leasehold improvements	208,472	
 	176,463	
 	
Subtotal	410,329	
 	354,638	
 	
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(226,235	)	(208,599	)	
Total property and equipment, net	$	184,094	
 	$	146,039	

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
Intangible assets with finite lives	$	38,897	
 	$	39,756	
 	
Accumulated amortization	(33,359	)	(31,822	)	
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net	5,538	
 	7,934	

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:	 	 	
Trademarks	138,200	
 	138,200	
 	
Total intangible assets, net	$	143,738	
 	$	146,134	

83

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)

The changes in carrying amount of intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 	Tommy Bahama	Lilly Pulitzer	Total	
Balance, February 2, 2013	$	111,580	
 	$	29,639	
 	$	141,219	
 	
Acquisition of reacquired license rights	11,041	
 	—	
 	11,041	
 	
Amortization	(1,687	)	(329	)	(2,016	)	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(1,076	)	—	
 	(1,076	)	
Balance, February 1, 2014	119,858	
 	29,310	
 	149,168	
 	
Amortization	(2,004	)	(278	)	(2,282	)	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(752	)	—	
 	(752	)	
Balance, January 31, 2015	117,102	
 	29,032	
 	146,134	
 	
Amortization	(1,688	)	(238	)	(1,926	)	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(470	)	—	
 	(470	)	
Balance, January 30, 2016	$	114,944	
 	$	28,794	
 	$	143,738	
 	
Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for each of the next five years is expected to be $1.7 million, $1.6 million, $1.6 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 	Tommy Bahama	Lilly Pulitzer	Total	
Balance, February 2, 2013	$	780	
 	$	16,495	
 	$	17,275	
 	
Acquisition	247	
 	—	
 	247	
 	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(123	)	—	
 	(123	)	
Balance, February 1, 2014	904	
 	16,495	
 	17,399	
 	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(103	)	—	
 	(103	)	
Balance, January 31, 2015	801	
 	16,495	
 	17,296	
 	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(73	)	—	
 	(73	)	
Balance, January 30, 2016	$	728	
 	$	16,495	
 	$	17,223	

Note 5. Debt
We had $44.0 million and $104.8 million of borrowings outstanding as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, under our $235 million U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement"). The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 2.6% as of January 30, 2016), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization, (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018) and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to its terms, to our line of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facility is also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit

84

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

when issued. As of January 30, 2016, $5.1 million of letters of credit were outstanding against our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of January 30, 2016, we had $185.9 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to certain limitations on borrowings.
Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties
Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, our credit facility is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.
Additionally, our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreement. During Fiscal 2015 and as of January 30, 2016, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of January 30, 2016, we were compliant with all covenants related to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies
We have operating lease agreements for retail space, restaurants, warehouses and sales and administrative offices as well as equipment with varying terms. Total rent expense, which includes minimum and contingent rent expense incurred under all leases was $82.6 million, $72.8 million and $66.0 million in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. Most leases provide for payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and most retail leases provide for contingent rent based on retail sales, which are included in total rent expense above. These payments for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense above, but are generally not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments below, as, in some cases, the amounts payable in future periods are not quantified in the lease agreement and are dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $22.1 million, $19.3 million and $16.7 million in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, which includes $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.6 million of contingent percentage rent during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.
As of January 30, 2016, the aggregate minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $64.0 million, $62.3 million, $55.7 million, $51.9 million, $50.0 million and $193.3 million for each of the next five years and thereafter.
As of January 30, 2016, we are also obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $6.0 million, $4.7 million and $0.1 million for Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, and none thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceed the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.
During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on one of our properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation, monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil, although the timing of such remedial action is uncertain. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, the reserve for the remediation of this site was $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated

85

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up the site, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the remediation activities required and timing of those activities become known. No material amounts related to this reserve were recorded in the statements of operations in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013.
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity
Common Stock
We had 60 million shares of $1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015. We had 16.6 million and 16.5 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
As of January 30, 2016, 1.1 million shares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan"). The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant equity-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. No additional grants are available under any predecessor plans.
Restricted share awards and restricted share unit awards granted to officers and other key employees generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on the vesting date. At the time that restricted shares are issued, the shareholder may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, be entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock unless the shares are forfeited. At the time that restricted share units are issued, the recipient may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, earn non-forfeitable dividend equivalents equal to the dividend paid per share to holders of our common stock, but does not obtain voting rights associated with the restricted share units. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares or restricted share units, and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by our compensation committee or Board of Directors, as applicable.
The table below summarizes the restricted share award activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014, and Fiscal 2013:

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
 	Number of
Shares	Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value	Number of
Shares	Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value	Number of
Shares	Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value	
Restricted share awards outstanding at beginning of fiscal year	91,172	
 	$	59	
 	56,521	
 	$	47	
 	487,500	
 	$	12	
 	
Service-based restricted share awards granted/issued	23,637	
 	$	60	
 	35,641	
 	$	78	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	
Performance-based restricted share awards issued related to prior year performance awards	87,153	
 	$	78	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	59,129	
 	$	47	
 	
Restricted share awards vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability	(4,645	)	$	64	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	(487,500	)	$	12	
 	
Restricted shares forfeited	(21,431	)	70	
 	(990	)	78	
 	(2,608	)	$	43	
 	
Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year	175,886	
 	$	67	
 	91,172	
 	$	59	
 	56,521	
 	$	47	

86

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

In each of Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, we granted performance awards to certain officers and other key employees with the opportunity to earn 0.1 million restricted share units, in the aggregate. Each performance award provided the recipient with the opportunity to earn restricted share awards contingent upon our achievement of certain performance objectives during the respective performance periods. Each of the performance-based awards require that the employee remain employed by the company for a specified period after the respective performance period and are not issued until approved by our compensation committee after completion of the performance period. During Fiscal 2015, approximately 90,000 of restricted share awards were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2015 performance period and issued in Fiscal 2016, however these awards were not included in the table above or the table below as the awards had not been issued as of January 30, 2016. These 90,000 shares had a grant date fair value of $58 per share and vest in April 2018.
The following table summarizes information about the unvested restricted share awards as of January 30, 2016. The unvested restricted share units will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, subject to the employee still being an employee at that time.

Grant	Number of
Unvested Share Awards	Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant	Vesting
Date	
Fiscal 2012 Performance-based Restricted Share Awards	49,001	
 	$	47	
 	March 2016	
Fiscal 2014 Service-based Restricted Share Awards	28,546	
 	$	78	
 	April 2017	
Fiscal 2014 Performance-based Restricted Share Awards	74,702	
 	$	78	
 	April 2017	
Other Service-based Restricted Share Awards	23,637	
 	$	60	
 	April 2019 - January 2020	
Total	175,886	
 	 	 	
As of January 30, 2016, there was $8.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested restricted share awards, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested, including the Fiscal 2015 performance-based awards issued in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2016. This expense is expected to be recognized through January 2020.
In addition, we grant restricted shares to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director's compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
There were 0.5 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of January 30, 2016. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. Equity compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in each of Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively.
Preferred Stock
We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of January 30, 2016 or January 31, 2015.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)
The following table details the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss by component (in thousands), net of related income taxes during Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.

87

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Foreign 
currency 
translation 
gain (loss)	Net unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges	Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)	
Balance, February 2, 2013	$	(23,986	)	$	(599	)	$	(24,585	)	
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes	703	
 	264	
 	967	
 	
Balance, February 1, 2014	(23,283	)	(335	)	(23,618	)	
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes	(7,617	)	1,081	
 	(6,536	)	
Balance, January 31, 2015	(30,900	)	746	
 	(30,154	)	
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes	24,071	
 	(746	)	23,325	
 	
Balance, January 30, 2016	$	(6,829	)	$	—	
 	$	(6,829	)	
Substantially all the change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during Fiscal 2015 resulted from the sale of our discontinued operations as the related amounts previously classified in accumulated other comprehensive loss were recognized in net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes in our consolidated statement of operations. No material amounts of accumulated other comprehensive loss were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into our consolidated statements of operations during Fiscal 2014 or Fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the remaining balance in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of January 30, 2016 relates to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Japan and Australia.

Note 8. Income Taxes
The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):

 	Fiscal  
 2015	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes:	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	96,512	
 	$	94,607	
 	$	101,986	
 	
Foreign	(1,456	)	(5,024	)	(9,614	)	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes	$	95,056	
 	$	89,583	
 	$	92,372	

Income taxes:	 	 	 	
Current:	 	 	 	
Federal	$	33,205	
 	$	33,552	
 	$	31,322	
 	
State	4,789	
 	4,865	
 	4,111	
 	
Foreign	138	
 	516	
 	161	
 	
 	38,132	
 	38,933	
 	35,594	
 	
Deferred—primarily Federal	(1,508	)	(3,071	)	1,382	
 	
Deferred—Foreign	(105	)	(76	)	(32	)	
Income taxes	$	36,519	
 	$	35,786	
 	$	36,944	

88

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

 	Fiscal  
 2015	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	
Statutory tax rate	35.0	 %	35.0	%	35.0	 %	
State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit	3.3	 %	3.0	%	2.8	 %	
Impact of foreign operations (1)	0.6	 %	1.1	%	1.3	 %	
Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards (2)	0.3	 %	0.8	%	1.5	 %	
Other, net	(0.8	)%	—	%	(0.6	)%	
Effective tax rate for continuing operations	38.4	 %	39.9	%	40.0	 %	
(1) Impact of foreign operations primarily reflects the rate differential between the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions on foreign losses, and the impact of any permanent differences.
(2) Valuation allowance against foreign losses primarily reflects the valuation allowance recognized due to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit related to certain operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets during the period.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	January 30,
2016	January 31,
2015	
Deferred Tax Assets:	 	 	
Inventories	$	16,610	
 	$	15,385	
 	
Accrued compensation and benefits	14,287	
 	11,725	
 	
Receivable allowances and reserves	2,601	
 	2,419	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	—	
 	480	
 	
Deferred rent and lease obligations	5,981	
 	3,444	
 	
Operating loss and other carry-forwards	3,455	
 	3,987	
 	
Other, net	2,559	
 	1,408	
 	
Deferred tax assets	45,493	
 	38,848	
 	
Deferred Tax Liabilities:	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	(2,689	)	—	
 	
Acquired intangible assets	(41,683	)	(39,574	)	
Deferred tax liabilities	(44,372	)	(39,574	)	
Valuation allowance	(4,553	)	(4,317	)	
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,432	)	$	(5,043	)	

As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 our operating loss and other carry-forwards primarily relate to our operations in Hong Kong, Japan and Canada, and the majority of these operating loss carry-forwards allow for carry-forward of at least 20 years. Substantially all of our valuation allowance of $4.6 million and $4.3 million as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, respectively, relates to the foreign operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions. The recent history of operating losses in these jurisdictions is considered significant negative evidence against the realizability of these tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance considered necessary, however, could decrease in the future if our historical operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results increase, particularly if, in future years, objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present.

89

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

No deferred tax liabilities related to our original investments in our foreign subsidiaries and foreign earnings, if any, were recorded at either balance sheet date, as substantially all our original investments and earnings related to our foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested outside of the United States. Further, because the financial basis in each foreign entity does not exceed the tax basis by an amount exceeding undistributed earnings, no additional United States tax would be due if the original investment were to be repatriated in the future. As of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of $4.7 million and $5.4 million, respectively, which were considered permanently reinvested. These undistributed earnings could become subject to United States taxes if they are remitted as dividends or as a result of certain other types of intercompany transactions, but the amount of taxes payable upon remittance would not be significant after considering any foreign tax credit.
Accounting for income taxes requires that we offset all deferred tax liabilities and assets within each particular tax jurisdiction and present them as a single amount in our consolidated balance sheets, with all net deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities by jurisdiction recognized as non-current deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Amounts disclosed in the prior year as current deferred tax assets or liabilities have been reclassified to non-current deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities to conform to the current year presentation. The amounts of deferred income taxes included in the following line items in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

 	January 30,
2016	January 31,
2015	
Assets:	 	 	
Deferred tax assets	$	225	
 	$	118	
 	
Liabilities:	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	(3,657	)	(5,161	)	
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,432	)	$	(5,043	)	

Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans
We have a tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plan covering substantially all full-time United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 was $3.3 million, $2.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively.
Note 10. Related Party Transactions
SunTrust
Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, one of our directors, is Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc. ("SunTrust"). In addition, Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, served on the board of directors of SunTrust from 2003 until his retirement from that position in April 2012.
We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which SunTrust serves as agent and lender and a SunTrust affiliate acted as lead arranger and book runner in connection with our Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 refinancings of our credit facility. The

90

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

services provided and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services for each period are set forth below (in thousands):

Service	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Interest and agent fees for our credit facility	$	459	
 	$	606	
 	$	696	
 	
Cash management services	$	90	
 	$	92	
 	$	92	
 	
Lead arranger, book runner and upfront fees	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	254	
 	
Other	$	56	
 	$	9	
 	$	6	
 	
Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business. Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the periods presented or 1% of SunTrust's gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
Contingent Consideration Agreement
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in December 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which the beneficial owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition were entitled to earn up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The potential contingent consideration was comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations were entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations were entitled to receive up to $10 million.
Mr. Scott A. Beaumont, one of our executive officers who was appointed CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, together with various trusts for the benefit of certain family members, held a 50% ownership interest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition. The principals who owned the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition managed the Lilly Pulitzer operations through March 2016.
As a result of Lilly Pulitzer exceeding the earnings targets specified in the contingent consideration agreement, the maximum $20 million amount was earned in full. As of January 30, 2016, all amounts related to contingent consideration had been paid with no remaining obligations pursuant to the contingent consideration arrangement.
Note 11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)
Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2017) includes 14 weeks. Following is a summary of our Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014, quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Total	
Fiscal 2015	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	$	260,394	
 	$	250,689	
 	$	198,624	
 	$	259,583	
 	$	969,290	
 	
Gross profit	$	154,392	
 	$	151,086	
 	$	107,889	
 	$	144,738	
 	$	558,105	
 	
Operating income (loss)	$	35,483	
 	$	34,746	
 	$	(1,166	)	$	28,451	
 	$	97,514	
 	
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations	$	21,323	
 	$	21,050	
 	$	(1,390	)	$	17,554	
 	$	58,537	
 	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes	$	(4,068	)	$	(23,070	)	$	(754	)	$	(83	)	$	(27,975	)	
Net earnings (loss)	$	17,255	
 	$	(2,020	)	$	(2,144	)	$	17,471	
 	$	30,562	

91

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	1.30	
 	$	1.28	
 	$	(0.08	)	$	1.07	
 	$	3.56	
 	
Diluted	$	1.29	
 	$	1.27	
 	$	(0.08	)	$	1.06	
 	$	3.54	
 	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	(0.25	)	$	(1.40	)	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(1.70	)	
Diluted	$	(0.25	)	$	(1.39	)	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(1.69	)	
Net earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	1.05	
 	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.13	)	$	1.06	
 	$	1.86	
 	
Diluted	$	1.04	
 	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.13	)	$	1.05	
 	$	1.85	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	16,445	
 	16,451	
 	16,457	
 	16,466	
 	16,456	
 	
Diluted	16,525	
 	16,547	
 	16,457	
 	16,600	
 	16,559	
 	
Fiscal 2014	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	$	242,566	
 	$	227,550	
 	$	201,178	
 	$	249,031	
 	$	920,325	
 	
Gross profit	$	140,372	
 	$	136,271	
 	$	103,865	
 	$	137,441	
 	$	517,949	
 	
Operating income	$	32,733	
 	$	29,559	
 	$	4,388	
 	$	26,139	
 	$	92,819	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations	$	19,058	
 	$	17,289	
 	$	1,772	
 	$	15,678	
 	$	53,797	
 	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes	$	(4,089	)	$	(2,220	)	$	(1,846	)	$	116	
 	$	(8,039	)	
Net earnings (loss)	$	14,969	
 	$	15,069	
 	$	(74	)	$	15,794	
 	$	45,758	
 	
Net earnings from continuing operations per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	1.16	
 	$	1.05	
 	$	0.11	
 	$	0.95	
 	$	3.27	
 	
Diluted	$	1.16	
 	$	1.05	
 	$	0.11	
 	$	0.95	
 	$	3.27	
 	
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.11	)	$	0.01	
 	$	(0.49	)	
Diluted	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.13	)	$	(0.11	)	$	0.01	
 	$	(0.49	)	
Net earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	0.91	
 	$	0.92	
 	$	—	
 	$	0.96	
 	$	2.79	
 	
Diluted	$	0.91	
 	$	0.92	
 	$	—	
 	$	0.96	
 	$	2.78	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	16,418	
 	16,425	
 	16,435	
 	16,440	
 	16,429	
 	
Diluted	16,450	
 	16,460	
 	16,435	
 	16,502	
 	16,471	
 	
The sum of the quarterly net earnings (loss) per share amounts may not equal the amounts for the full year due to rounding. The fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2014 included a LIFO accounting charge of $0.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

92

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12. Discontinued Operations
On July 17, 2015, we entered into a sale and purchase agreement with an unrelated party pursuant to which we sold 100% of the equity interests of our Ben Sherman business, consisting of Ben Sherman Limited and its subsidiaries and Ben Sherman Clothing LLC, for £40.8 million. The final purchase price received by us was subject to adjustment based on, among other things, the actual debt and net working capital of the Ben Sherman business on the closing date, which was finalized during February 2016. We do not anticipate significant operations or earnings related to the discontinued operations in future periods, with cash flow attributable to discontinued operations in future periods primarily limited to the post-closing purchase price adjustment of $2.0 million which was paid in February 2016 and amounts associated with certain retained lease obligations. The estimated lease liability of $4.6 million represents our best estimate of the net loss anticipated with respect to certain retained lease obligations, however, the ultimate loss remains uncertain as the amount of any sub-lease income is dependent upon negotiated terms of any sub-lease agreements entered into for the spaces in the future.

In connection with the Ben Sherman disposal transaction we, among other things, entered into a transitional services agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we and our subsidiaries are providing, in exchange for various fees, certain transitional support services (primarily in the United States) to the purchaser in connection with its operation of the Ben Sherman business following the transaction. The duration of the transitional services vary but are expected to cease during Fiscal 2016.

We have not classified as discontinued operations any corporate or shared service expenses historically charged to Ben Sherman which we determined may not be eliminated as a result of its disposal or offset by any transitional services income amounts. Recognizing these expenses and income as continuing operations in Corporate and Other reflects the uncertainty of whether there will be a reduction in such corporate or shared service expenses in the future as a result of the sale of Ben Sherman as well as the uncertainty regarding the term of any transitional services income. Interest expense under our prior U.K. revolving credit agreement, which was satisfied in connection with the transaction, is the only interest expense included in discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements as this represents the interest expense directly attributable to the discontinued operations.

The following represents major classes of assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations included in our consolidated balance sheets as of the following dates (in thousands):

 	January 30, 2016	January 31, 2015	
Receivables, net	$	—	
 	$	14,517	
 	
Inventories, net	—	
 	27,602	
 	
Other current assets, net	—	
 	6,004	
 	
Property and equipment, net	—	
 	9,037	
 	
Intangible assets, net	—	
 	21,635	
 	
Other non-current assets, net	—	
 	1,075	
 	
Total assets	$	—	
 	$	79,870	

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses	$	2,394	
 	$	13,253	
 	
Short-term debt	—	
 	4,126	
 	
Non-current liabilities	4,571	
 	1,826	
 	
Deferred income taxes	—	
 	3,745	
 	
Total liabilities	$	6,965	
 	$	22,950	

Net (liabilities) assets	$	(6,965	)	$	56,920	

93

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Operating results of the discontinued operations are shown below (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net sales	$	28,081	
 	$	77,481	
 	$	67,218	
 	
Cost of goods sold	17,414	
 	40,751	
 	35,124	
 	
Gross profit	$	10,667	
 	$	36,730	
 	$	32,094	
 	
SG&A	20,698	
 	50,130	
 	48,816	
 	
Royalties and other operating income	1,919	
 	4,184	
 	5,080	
 	
Operating loss	$	(8,112	)	$	(9,216	)	$	(11,642	)	
Interest expense, net	146	
 	247	
 	229	
 	
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes	$	(8,258	)	$	(9,463	)	$	(11,871	)	
Income taxes	(800	)	(1,424	)	(1,734	)	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes	$	(7,458	)	$	(8,039	)	$	(10,137	)	
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes	(20,517	)	—	
 	—	
 	
Net loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes	$	(27,975	)	$	(8,039	)	$	(10,137	)	
Certain information pertaining to depreciation and amortization as well as capital expenditures associated with our discontinued operations has been included below (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2015	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Depreciation and amortization (1)	$	667	
 	$	3,082	
 	$	3,154	
 	
Capital expenditures	$	660	
 	$	4,290	
 	$	1,137	
 	
(1) For Fiscal 2015, amounts reflect expense recognized prior to classification as held for sale, which occurred on March 24, 2015. No expense for depreciation or amortization was recognized in our consolidated statements of operations subsequent to qualifying as held for sale.

94

SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column A	Column B	Column C	 	Column D	 	Column E	
Description	Balance at
Beginning
of Period	Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses	Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe	Deductions–
Describe	 	Balance at
End of
Period	
 	(In thousands)	
Fiscal 2015	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable reserves(1)	$	8,265	
 	$	10,288	
 	—	
 	$	(10,151	)	(3)	$	8,402	
 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)	571	
 	8	
 	—	
 	(125	)	(4)	$	454	
 	
Fiscal 2014	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable reserves(1)	$	8,343	
 	$	9,952	
 	—	
 	$	(10,030	)	(3)	$	8,265	
 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)	374	
 	392	
 	—	
 	(195	)	(4)	$	571	
 	
Fiscal 2013	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable reserves(1)	$	9,438	
 	$	10,276	
 	—	
 	$	(11,371	)	(3)	$	8,343	
 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)	517	
 	(235	)	—	
 	92	
 	(4)	$	374	
 	
_______________________________________________________________________________
 	 	
(1)	Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.	

(2)	Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.	

(3)	Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.	

(4)	Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.	

95

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has adopted ASU 2015-17 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oxford Industries, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 28, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 28, 2016

96

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the updated framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 30, 2016.
Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, and its report thereon is included herein.

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	 	/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	
Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	K. Scott Grassmyer
 Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)	
March 28, 2016	 	March 28, 2016	

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system's objectives will be met.

97

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Oxford Industries, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 30, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 30, 2016 of Oxford Industries, Inc. and our report dated March 28, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 28, 2016

98

Item 9B.    Other Information
None.

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors as of January 30, 2016:

Name	Principal Occupation	
Helen Ballard	Ms. Ballard founded a design and consulting agency, Helen Ballard LLC, in 2015. Previously, Ms. Ballard founded Ballard Designs, Inc., a home furnishing catalog business, and was its Chief Executive Officer until her retirement in 2002.	
Thomas C. Chubb III	Mr. Chubb is our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President.	
Thomas C. Gallagher	Mr. Gallagher is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Genuine Parts Company, a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials.	
George C. Guynn	Mr. Guynn was President and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta until his retirement in 2006.	
John R. Holder	Mr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a commercial and residential real estate development, leasing and management company.	
J. Reese Lanier	Mr. Lanier was self-employed in farming and related businesses until his retirement in 2009.	
Dennis M. Love	Mr. Love is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc., a manufacturer of flexible and specialty rigid packaging.	
Clarence H. Smith	Mr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.	
Clyde C. Tuggle	Mr. Tuggle is Senior Vice President and Chief Public Affairs and Communications Officer of The Coca-Cola Company.	
E. Jenner Wood III	Mr. Wood is Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.	
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of January 30, 2016:

Name	Position Held	
Thomas C. Chubb III	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President	
Scott A. Beaumont	CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group	
Thomas E. Campbell	Executive Vice President - Law and Administration, General Counsel and Secretary	
K. Scott Grassmyer	Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller	
J. Wesley Howard, Jr. 	President, Lanier Apparel	
Terry R. Pillow	CEO, Tommy Bahama Group	
Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director Candidates by Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating,

99

Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
        (a)    1.  Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
 	 	
•	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.	

•	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.	
                 2.     Financial Statement Schedules
 	 	
•	Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	
All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
(b)   Exhibits

100

 	
 	 	 	
2.1	
 	Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Entire Issued Share Capital of Ben Sherman Limited and 100% of the Limited Liability Company Interests in Ben Sherman Clothing LLC, dated July 17, 2015, between the Company and Ben Sherman UK Acquisition Limited. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2015.	
3.1	
 	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.	
3.2	
 	Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014.	
10.1	
 	Executive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2005.†	
10.2	
 	Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 24, 2015.Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.†	
10.3	
 	Form of Terms and Conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Program for Fiscal 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2012.†	
10.4	
 	Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Equity Award Agreement (Fiscal 2014 Performance-Based). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2014.†	
10.5	
 	Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed April 4, 2014.†
 	
10.6	
 	Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Equity Award Agreement (Fiscal 2015 Performance Based).†*	
10.7	
 	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.	
10.8	
 	Third Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the other Grantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.	
10.9	
 	First Amendment, dated November 21, 2013, to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2013.	
10.10	
 	Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective June 13, 2012). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012.†	
10.11	
 	Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, effective March 27, 2013). Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 19, 2013, filed on May 17, 2013.†	
21	
 	List of Subsidiaries.*	
23	
 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*	
24	
 	Powers of Attorney.*	
31.1	
 	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
31.2	
 	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
32	
 	Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.*	
101INS	
 	XBRL Instance Document	
101SCH	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
101CAL	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
101DEF	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
101LAB	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
101PRE	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	

_______________________________________________________________________________

101

 	
 	 	
*	Filed herewith	
†	Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.	
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.
Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

102

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 	Oxford Industries, Inc.	
 	By:	/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	
 	 	Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President	

Date: March 28, 2016 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Capacity	Date	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	 	
Thomas C. Chubb III	 	March 28, 2016	 	 	
/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)	 	 	 	
K. Scott Grassmyer	 	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Helen Ballard	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Thomas C. Gallagher	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
George C. Guynn	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
John R. Holder	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
J. Reese Lanier	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Dennis M. Love	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Clarence H. Smith	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Clyde C. Tuggle	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
E. Jenner Wood III	Director	March 28, 2016	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
*By	/s/ THOMAS E. CAMPBELL	 	 	 	 	
 	Thomas E. Campbell
 as Attorney-in-Fact	 	 	 	 	

103

EXHIBIT 10.6

FORM OF
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
PERFORMANCE EQUITY AWARD AGREEMENT

(FISCAL 2015 PERFORMANCE-BASED)
    
This Performance Equity Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of _________ __, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between _________________ (“ Participant ”) and Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “ LTIP ”). All capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in the LTIP unless otherwise specifically provided herein.

WHEREAS, Participant is presently employed by the Company or a Subsidiary; and

WHEREAS, the Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to incent certain selected employees of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, including Participant, to remain as employees of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and to further align the interests of the shareholders of the Company and its key employees, such as Participant, by providing these employees with a proprietary interest in the long-term growth and financial success of Oxford; and
  
WHEREAS, the Committee has awarded a performance award to Participant to provide Participant, among certain selected employees of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, the opportunity to earn Restricted Shares pursuant to Article 7 of the LTIP and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, contingent upon the Company’s financial performance during its 2015 fiscal year (the period from February 1, 2015 to January 30, 2016, inclusive (“ Fiscal 2015 ”)); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the LTIP, this Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of such performance award from the Company to Participant in respect of Fiscal 2015.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 	 	
1.	Fiscal 2015 Performance Equity Award	

Participant is hereby awarded a performance equity award, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the LTIP, providing Participant with the opportunity to earn Restricted Shares ( i.e. , shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share), contingent upon the Company’s achievement of the Performance Objectives established by the Committee for Fiscal 2015, as specified in Section 2(b). Pursuant to this Agreement and the performance equity award approved by the Committee to Participant for Fiscal 2015, Participant will earn  <<TARGET>>  Restricted Shares at “Target” performance, as described in Section 2(b).
 	 	
2.	Performance Period; Performance Objectives	

(a)Performance Period. The performance period for the determination of any Restricted Shares earned pursuant to this Agreement shall be Fiscal 2015.

(b)Performance Grid. The number of Restricted Shares earned by Participant under this Agreement will be determined in accordance with the following grid. If the actual performance results fall between two of the categories listed below, straight-line interpolation will be used to determine the amount earned.

 	 	 	
EPS of the Company
during Fiscal 2014	Achievement	Percentage of Target Restricted Shares Earned	
$[X.XX]	Maximum	175%	
$[X.XX]	Target	100%	
$[X.XX]	Threshold	25%	

Prior to the determination of the Company’s performance during Fiscal 2015 for purposes of calculating the number of Restricted Shares earned by Participant and prior to the application of any interpolation, EPS of the Company shall be rounded to the nearest whole cent. In no event will Participant earn more Restricted Shares under this Agreement than 175% of the target number of Restricted Shares (rounded up, if applicable, to the next whole Share) specified in Section 1. Without limitation of the foregoing, in no event will the aggregate payout to Participant pursuant to this Agreement exceed, or cause to be exceeded, the limitations of Section 3(c) of the LTIP.

(c)    Other Change of Control Effects. Without limitation of any forfeiture conditions pursuant to this Agreement or the calculation of the applicable Vesting Date pursuant to this Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control prior to the end of Fiscal 2015, the number of Restricted Shares Participant will earn hereunder shall be the greater of (i) the target number of Restricted Shares specified in Section 1, or (ii) if the number of Restricted Shares earned by Participant in accordance with Section 2(b) is determinable by the Committee, the number of Restricted Shares earned in accordance with Section 2(b).

(d)    Performance Objectives. For purposes of this Agreement, “EPS of the Company” shall mean the diluted earnings from continuing operations per common share, determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“ GAAP ”) and as reported in the Company’s financial statements filed with the SEC, except that in determining the EPS of the Company during Fiscal 2015 for purposes of determining the number of Restricted Shares (expressed as a percentage of the target number of Restricted Shares that may be earned by Participant) earned by Participant under this Agreement, such financial performance shall be adjusted to remove the effects of the following items: (1) all items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary in accordance with GAAP; (2) LIFO accounting adjustments, restructuring charges, unusual items, infrequent events, and purchase accounting adjustments, all as determined in accordance with GAAP; (3) items related to a change in accounting principles or standards; (4) losses and direct and other out-of-pocket expenses related to debt refinancing or termination of a debt instrument; (5) income or loss of any entity or business acquired during Fiscal 2015, out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the acquisition of any entity or business during Fiscal 2015, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred during Fiscal 2015 in connection with the negotiation or discussion of a potential acquisition of an entity or business, regardless of whether such transaction is consummated; (6) except as otherwise approved by the Committee at the time the performance goals in Section 2(b) were established, losses, operating or otherwise, associated with any discontinued operations or disposition or discontinuation of an entity or business; (7) out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the disposition or discontinuation of an entity or business, and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the negotiation or discussion of a potential disposition or discontinuation of an entity or business, regardless of whether such transaction is consummated; (8) any adjustment to e-commerce revenues or change in applicable reserves during Fiscal 2015 based on estimated undelivered shipments as of the end of the fiscal period; (9) intercompany profit related to inter-segment sales; (10) amortization of intangible assets associated with the Tommy Bahama business, operations and legal entity in Canada; (11) asset impairment write-downs; and (12) intercompany allocations recognized in the continuing operations of the Company approved by the Committee as an exclusion at the time the performance goals in Section 2(b) were established.

(e)    Determination. Following the end of Fiscal 2015, the Committee will determine (the date of such determination, the “ Committee Determination Date ”) in its sole discretion and certify in writing, based on the EPS of the Company during Fiscal 2015, the number of Restricted Shares (expressed as a percentage of the target number of Restricted Shares that may be earned by Participant) earned under this Agreement, if any, and that determination shall be final and binding. The Company will notify Participant following the date of the Committee’s determination as to the number of Restricted Shares earned by Participant. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to reduce the number of Restricted Shares earned by Participant (including to zero) if the Committee in its discretion determines that the number of Restricted Shares otherwise earned by Participant would not properly reflect the performance of Participant or the Company, whether due to unforeseen circumstances or otherwise.

(f)    Issuance of Restricted Shares. Following the Committee Determination Date, the Company shall cause to be issued to Participant the Restricted Shares earned by Participant under this Agreement and as approved by the Committee, subject to the vesting conditions of this Agreement. The Restricted Shares, if issued in certificated form, shall be subject to the condition that the Company or its designated agent shall hold the restricted stock certificate and the Restricted Shares represented thereby until the Vesting Date hereunder.

(g)    Fractional Shares. The Company shall not issue any fractional Restricted Shares or fractional Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Any determination of fractional Restricted Shares or Shares based upon the EPS of the Company during Fiscal 2015 shall be rounded up to the next whole Share.
 	 	
3.	Vesting	

(a)    Vesting Date. The “Vesting Date” for Restricted Shares earned pursuant to this Agreement shall be April 16, 2018, provided, that, if Participant incurs a Change of Control Termination prior to April 16, 2018, the number of Restricted Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the Vesting Date pursuant to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the following:

 	 	 	
Event	Determination of Shares	Vesting Date	
Change of Control Termination (after end of Performance Period)	If Participant’s Change of Control Termination occurs after the end of Fiscal 2015 but prior to April 16, 2018, where the Change of Control occurs after the end of Fiscal 2015, Participant will be entitled to the number of Shares attributable to the number of Restricted Shares earned in accordance with Section 2(b) of this Agreement.
	The date of Participant’s Change of Control Termination
	
Change of Control Termination (before end of Performance Period)
	If Participant has a Change of Control Termination where the Change of Control occurs prior to the end of Fiscal 2015, Participant will be entitled to the greater of (i) the number of Shares specified as the target number of Restricted Shares specified in Section 1, or (ii) if such Change of Control Termination occurs after the applicable Committee Determination Date and the number of Restricted Shares that may be earned in accordance with Section 2(b) of this Agreement is determinable by the Committee, the number of Shares attributable to the number of Restricted Shares earned in accordance with Section 2(b) of this Agreement.
	Date of Participant’s Change of Control Termination

(b)    Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of this Agreement:
 	 	
(i)	“Change of Control Termination” means either (i) Participant’s involuntary Separation from Service that occurs after a Change in Control and that is instituted by the Company or a Subsidiary (whichever employs Participant) other than for Cause, or (ii) Participant’s Separation from Service that occurs after a Change in Control and that is instituted by Participant on account of Good Reason.	

(ii)	“Change of Control” shall be deemed to occur as of the first day that any one or more of the following conditions is satisfied: (v) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), other than the Company or any Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; (w) the commencement by an entity, person or group (other than the Company or a Subsidiary) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; (x) the effective time of (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving or resulting corporation, or (2) a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the voting stock; (y) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Board; or (z) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if (A) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation; (B) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction; or (C) with respect to Participant, if Participant is part of a purchasing group that effects a Change of Control.	

(iii)	“Cause” shall mean any one or more of the following: (w) Participant’s willful failure to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company or applicable Subsidiary (other than any such failure resulting from Participant’s Disability), after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties, and Participant has failed to remedy the situation within fifteen (15) business days of such notice; (x) gross negligence in the performance of Participant’s duties which results in material financial harm to the Company; (y) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere, to any felony or any other crime involving the personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company or shareholders of the Company; or (z) Participant’s willful engagement in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.	

(iv)	“Good Reason” means any of the following conditions to which Participant does not consent: (i) a material diminution in Participant’s base compensation; (ii) a material diminution in Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Participant must perform the services hereunder. To Separate from Service on account of Good Reason, Participant must, within 90 days after the initial existence of such condition, give the Company or the Subsidiary (whichever is his employer) written notice describing the condition that Participant believes constitutes Good Reason hereunder and declaring his intention to terminate for Good Reason. The Company or its Subsidiary (whichever was notified) will have 30 days to remedy the condition and prevent the Good Reason Separation from Service. If the condition is not cured within such 30-day period, Participant’s employment shall be deemed to be terminated, such that he has a Separation from Service for Good Reason, effective as of the end of such 30-day period.	

(v)	“Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.	

(vi)	“Separation from Service” shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.	

(c)    Forfeiture. Except as specifically provided pursuant to Section 3(a) above or the Committee determines otherwise in its sole discretion, Participant will completely forfeit his or her right in respect of this Agreement, any Restricted Shares or Shares that may be granted hereunder and any and all voting and dividend rights in respect of Restricted Shares or Shares hereunder (and shall receive no consideration from the Company on account of such forfeiture or any damages or compensation for the loss or forfeiture of any rights pursuant to this Agreement or any Restricted Shares or Shares that may be granted hereunder and any and all voting and dividend rights in respect of Restricted Shares or Shares hereunder) if his or her employment with the Company and all Subsidiaries terminates for any reason whatsoever (whether lawfully or in breach) before April 16, 2018.

(d)    Delivery of Shares. Subject to Section 8, unless Participant’s rights hereunder are forfeited, including pursuant to Section 3(c), the Company will transfer physical custody of the Shares representing the Restricted Shares earned pursuant to this Agreement as promptly as practicable after, but in any event effective as of, the applicable Vesting Date (or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day) free of any forfeiture restrictions.
 	 	
4.	Voting and Dividend Rights	

Subject to Section 3(c), Participant will have all voting rights and rights to dividends paid in cash with respect to the Restricted Shares earned pursuant to this Agreement. Such dividends will be paid to Participants on each date a cash dividend is payable to Company stockholders. Participant will not be entitled to any dividend or voting rights during Fiscal 2015 or prior to the Committee Determination Date or subsequent date on which the Company shall cause to be issued to Participant a restricted stock certificate in Participant’s name pursuant to Section 2(f).
 	 	
5.	Custody of Certificates	

Custody of all stock certificates, if any, evidencing Restricted Shares that may be earned hereunder shall be retained by the Company, or its designated agent, for so long as such Restricted Shares are not vested. The Company shall place a legend on each certificate evidencing any Restricted Shares restricting the transfer of such Shares represented thereby. As soon as practicable after the Vesting Date, the Company shall remove the restrictive legend and deliver to Participant stock certificates or other rights evidencing such Shares and the absence of any forfeiture or transfer restrictions applicable to such Shares.
 	 	
6.	Stock Power	

Participant hereby agrees that, at any time upon the Company’s request, Participant shall deliver to the Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to the Restricted Shares not then vested. The Company shall use such stock power to cancel any Restricted Shares that are not vested pursuant to this Agreement. The Company shall return such stock power to Participant with respect to any Restricted Shares that vest hereunder.
 	 	
7.	Adjustments	

Restricted Shares earned under this Agreement will be subject to adjustment or substitution in accordance with Section 10 of the LTIP.
 	 	
8.	Code Section 409A Compliance	

To the extent applicable, it is intended that all awards and Restricted Shares earned under this Agreement will be exempt from, or alternatively in compliance with, the provisions of Section 409A. All awards and Restricted Shares earned under this Agreement will be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause an award or this Agreement or any rights of Participant hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A and may be made by the Company without Participant’s consent). Without limitation of the foregoing, if any provision of this Agreement would cause compensation to be includible in Participant’s income pursuant to Section 409A, then the Company may amend this Agreement in such a way as to cause substantially similar economic results without causing such inclusion; any such amendment shall be made by providing notice of such amendment to Participant, and shall be binding on Participant.
 	 	
9.	Section 83(b)	

Except as provided in this Agreement, Restricted Shares that may be earned hereunder are not transferable and are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Participant may, within the thirty (30) day period after the Committee Determination Date, in Participant’s sole discretion make an election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Code. If Participant makes such an election, Participant will promptly file a copy of such election with the Company.
 	 	
10.	Delay of Payment	

If the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction with respect to all or part of any payment due to Participant under this Agreement, including the issuance or delivery of Shares, would be limited by the application of Code Section 162(m), the Company, in its sole discretion, may delay such payment in whole or in part until a date that is no later than 2-½ months following the end of the calendar year in which such payment is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 409A. In addition, the Company may further delay such payment to the extent that the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4)(ii) are satisfied.
 	 	
11.	Non-Transferability	

Participant’s interest in this Agreement and any Restricted Shares are not transferable. Without limitation of the foregoing, no Restricted Shares or other rights pursuant to this Agreement may be anticipated, alienated, encumbered, sold, pledged, assigned, transferred or subjected to any charge or legal process, and any sale, pledge, assignment or other attempted transfer shall be null and void.
 	 	
12.	Objectives; Administration	

(a)    Objectives. This Agreement is being entered into in order to attract, retain and motivate Participant by providing Participant with a proprietary interest in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

(b)    Committee Authority. The Committee shall mean the committee described in Article 4 of the LTIP. The Committee shall have all discretion and authority necessary or appropriate to interpret the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the terms providing for the manner in which the EPS of the Company is to be calculated.

(c)    Decisions Binding. All decisions, determinations and actions of the Committee in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration or application of this Agreement shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its shareholders, Participant, and their respective estates and beneficiaries, and shall be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d)    LTIP. All Restricted Shares and Participant’s rights pursuant to this Agreement shall, in addition to being subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, be subject to the additional terms and conditions of the LTIP, as in effect on the Effective Date or as may be amended thereafter. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the LTIP, the LTIP shall control.

(e)    No Individual Liability. No member of the Committee or any officer of the Company shall be liable for any determination, decision or action made in good faith with respect to this Agreement or any award or payment under this Agreement.
 	 	
13.	Electronic Delivery and Signature	

Participant consents and agrees to electronic delivery of any LTIP documents, proxy materials, annual reports and other related documents. If the Company establishes procedures for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any LTIP documents (including documents relating to any award or grant made under this Agreement) which comply with applicable laws (including, if applicable, the Electronic Communications Act 2000), Participant consents to such procedures and agrees that Participant’s electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, Participant’s manual signature. Participant consents and agrees that any such procedures and delivery may be effected by a third party engaged by the Company to provide administrative services related to the LTIP or this Agreement, including any award or grant made under this Agreement.
 	 	
14.	Tax Withholding	

The Company and any Subsidiary which acts as Participant’s employer shall have the right to (a) make deductions from the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant pursuant to this Agreement (and any other amounts payable under this Agreement) in an amount sufficient to satisfy withholding of any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law, (b) make deductions from compensation otherwise payable to Participant, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to satisfy withholding of any federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law, including in respect of any dividends earned and payable to Participant in respect of Restricted Shares earned pursuant to this Agreement, (c) take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any tax or similar required withholding obligations, and/or (d) enter into such elections as the Company may require or request immediately before (or within the prescribed time limits) any Shares are issued to Participant pursuant to this Agreement for the purposes of any taxes.
 	 	
15.	No Guarantee of Employment	

Any award or other payment made pursuant to this Agreement will not be considered salary or other compensation for the purposes of any severance pay or similar allowance, except where required by law. This Agreement shall not confer upon Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary, nor shall it interfere in any way with any right that the Company or a Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate Participant’s employment at any time. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(a)    the LTIP and this Agreement shall not form any part of any contract of employment between Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary, and they shall not confer on Participant any legal or equitable rights (other than those constituting the Restricted Shares) against the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action in law or in equity against the Company or any Subsidiary;

(b)    the benefits to Participant under this Agreement shall not form any part of Participant’s wages or remuneration or count as pay or remuneration for pension fund or other purposes (unless otherwise specified in such plans); and

(c)    except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, in no circumstances will Participant on ceasing to hold office or employment with the Company or any Subsidiary be entitled to any compensation for any loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under this Agreement which Participant might otherwise have enjoyed whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful dismissal or other breach of contract or by way of compensation for loss of office or otherwise.
 	 	
16.	Data Privacy	

Information about Participant and Participant’s interest in any Restricted Shares or Shares granted hereunder or in Participant’s interest in this Agreement may be collected, recorded and held, used, transferred and disclosed for any purpose relating to the administration of Participant’s rights pursuant to this Agreement. Participant understands and acknowledges that such processing of the information (which may include Participant’s personal data) may need to be carried out by the Company, Subsidiaries and third party administrators whether such persons are located within Participant’s country or elsewhere, where data protection laws may not be comparable to Participant’s country of residence. Participant consents to the processing and transfer of information relating to Participant and receipt of the awards under this Agreement in any one or more of the ways referred to above.
 	 	
17.	Governing Law	

This Agreement will be construed, administered and governed in all respects under and by the applicable laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the Company on the terms and conditions set forth above.

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: _______________________
Title:

I hereby agree to the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a condition of the award made to me.

Participant

<<Name>>

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
The following table lists each subsidiary of Oxford Industries, Inc. indented under the name of its immediate parent, the percentage of each subsidiary’s voting securities beneficially owned by its immediate parent and the jurisdiction under the laws of which each subsidiary was organized:

 	
 	 	 	 	
Name	% of Voting
Securities	Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization	
Oxford Industries, Inc.	 	 	
Camisas Bahia Kino S.A. de C.V.	100	Mexico	
Industrias Lanier De Honduras S. de R.L.	50(1)	Honduras	
Lionshead Clothing Company	100	Delaware	
Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV	99(2)	Mexico	
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford de Colon, S.A.	100	Costa Rica	
Oxford Garment, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford Lockbox, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford Industries (UK1) Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Oxford International, Inc.	100	Georgia	
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.	100	South Carolina	
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware LLC	100	Delaware	
Oxford Products (International) Limited	99.99(3)	Hong Kong	
Piedmont Apparel Corporation	100	Delaware	
Servicios de Manufactura de Mérida, S. de R.L. de C.V.	99.9(4)	Mexico	
Sugartown Worldwide LLC	100	Delaware	
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.	100	Florida	
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.	 	 	
Q.R. Fashions S. de R.L.	100	Honduras	
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited	 	 	
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Oxford Products (International) Limited	 	 	
Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV	99(5)	Mexico	
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited	75(6)	United Kingdom	
Oxford Philippines, Inc.	96.25(7)	Philippines	
Tommy Bahama Global Sourcing Limited	100	Hong Kong	
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC	 	 	
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC	100	Texas	
Tommy Bahama Global Sourcing Limited	 	 	
Tommy Bahama Australia Pty Ltd	100	Australia	
Tommy Bahama Canada ULC	100	Canada	
Tommy Bahama International, Pte. Ltd.	100	Singapore	
Tommy Bahama K. K.	100	Japan	
Tommy Bahama Limited	100	Hong Kong	
Tommy Bahama (Macau) Limited	100	Macau	
Tommy Bahama Trading (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.	100	China	
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.	 	 	
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.	 	 	
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC	100	Delaware	

(1)	50% of the voting securities of Industrias Lanier de Honduras S. de R.L. is owned by Oxford Caribbean, Inc.	
 	 	
(2)	1% of the voting securities of Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV is owned by Oxford International, Inc.	

 	 	
(3)	One share of Oxford Products (International) Limited is owned by Oxford International, Inc. Oxford Products (International) Limited has 150,000 shares issued and outstanding.	
 	 	
(4)	0.1% of the voting securities of Servicios de Manufactura de Mérida, S. de R.L. de C.V. is owned by Oxford International, Inc.	
 	 	
(5)	1% of the voting securities of Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV is owned by Oxford Industries, Inc.	
 	 	
(6)	25% of the voting securities of Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited is owned by Oxford Industries (UK1) Limited.	
 	 	
(7)	3.74% of the voting securities of Oxford Phillipines, Inc. is owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. Nominal ownership interests of certain of the voting securities of Oxford Phillippines, Inc. are owned by various individuals.	

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
 	 	
(1)	Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-121538 and 333-161902) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan,	
 	 	
(2)	
Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-121535 and 333-161904) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and	
 	 	
(3)	Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-130010) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan;	
of our reports dated March 28, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Oxford Industries, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Oxford Industries, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Oxford Industries, Inc. for the year ended January 30, 2016.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 28, 2016

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ Helen Ballard	
 	Helen Ballard	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ Thomas C. Gallagher	
 	Thomas C. Gallagher	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ George C. Guynn	
 	George C. Guynn	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ John R. Holder	
 	John R. Holder	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ J. Reese Lanier	
 	J. Reese Lanier	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ Dennis M. Love	
 	Dennis M. Love	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ Clarence H. Smith	
 	Clarence H. Smith	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ Clyde C. Tuggle	
 	Clyde C. Tuggle	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

 	
 	 	
 	/s/ E. Jenner Wood III	
 	E. Jenner Wood III	
 	 	
 	Date: March 22, 2016	

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thomas C. Chubb III, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	 	
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	
(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	
(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	
5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	
(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	

 	 	 	 	
Date:	March 28, 2016	 	/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	
 	 	 	Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, K. Scott Grassmyer, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	 	
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	
(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	
(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	
5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	
(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	

 	
 	 	 	 	
Date:	March 28, 2016	 	/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	
 	 	 	K. Scott Grassmyer
 Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)	

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K") for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Thomas C. Chubb III, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and I, K. Scott Grassmyer, Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
 	 	
(1)	The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	

(2)	The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
 	 	
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	 	
Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	
March 28, 2016	 	
 	 	
/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	 	
K. Scott Grassmyer
 Executive Vice President — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)	 	
March 28, 2016